Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

Со всех языков на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

doing+without

Толкование Перевод

1 ποιέω

ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.

① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).

ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.

ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.

② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.

ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to

ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.

ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).

ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.

ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage² 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.² 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).

ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).

ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.

ⓗ with focus on causality

α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).

β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.

γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.

③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit

ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.

ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).

ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.

ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.

ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.

④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:

ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.

ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).

ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.

ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).

ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.

⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions

ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.

ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.

ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).

ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).

ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.

⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.

⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.

ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.

ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω
2 κωλύω

κωλύω impf. ἐκώλυον; fut. κωλύσω LXX; 1 aor. ἐκώλυσα. Pass.: fut. 3 sg. κωλυθήσεται Sir 20:3; 1 aor. ἐκωλύθην (Pind.+).

① to keep someth. from happening, hinder, prevent, forbid

ⓐ in relation to persons abs. (X., An. 4, 2, 25b) Lk 9:50; Ac 19:30 D. ἐάνπερ ὑμεῖς μὴ κωλύσητε if you do not stand in the way IRo 4:1. τινά someone Mk 9:38f; 10:14; Lk 9:49; 11:52; 18:16; Ac 11:17; 3J 10. W. λέγων and direct discourse foll. GEb 18, 39. Pass. ἐκωλύθην Ro 1:13.—τινά τινος prevent someone fr. (doing) someth. (X., Cyr. 2, 4, 23, An. 1, 6, 2, Hell. 3, 2, 21; PPetr II, 11 [1], 3 [III B.C.] μηθέν σε τῶν ἔργων κωλύει; SIG 1109, 100; cp. 1 Esdr 6:6.—Pass.: Iren. 1, 8, 2 [Harv. I 70, 7]) ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος he kept them fr. carrying out their plan Ac 27:43.—τινά forbid or prevent someone w. inf. foll. to do or from doing someth. (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 18; Herodian 1, 2, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 61; Did., Gen. 110, 26.—B-D-F §392, 1f; Rob. 1089. On the omission of μή w. the inf., contrary to the usage of Attic Gk., cp. PMagd 2, 5 [222 B.C.] κεκώλυκεν οἰκοδομεῖν; PEleph 11, 6.—B-D-F §400, 4; 429; s. Kühner-G. II 214f; Rob. 1171) Mt 19:14; Ac 24:23; 1 Th 2:16. τινὰ τοῦ μή w. inf. someone fr. doing someth. Ac 11:17 D. τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι; what is there to prevent me from being baptized? Ac 8:36 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 240 D.: τί κωλύει ἡμᾶς ἐξετάσαι; Jos., Bell. 2, 395, Ant. 16, 51; Plut., Mor. 489b; Just., A I, 30, 1 s. OCullmann, D. Tauflehre des NTs ’48, 65–73 [Eng. tr. JReid, ’70, 71–80]). Pass. (X., Mem. 4, 5, 4; TestJob 39:2; Tat. 29:2) 16:6 (on the aor. s. Hemer, Acts 281f); 17:15 D; Hb 7:23. Of the flesh or old self τ. ἡδοναῖς κωλύεται χρῆσθαι Dg 6:5.

ⓑ in relation to things hinder, prevent, forbid τὶ someth. (X., An. 4, 2, 24; Diod S 17, 26, 5 τὸ πῦρ κωλύειν; Herodian 3, 1, 6; 1 Macc 1:45) τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν restrain the prophet’s madness 2 Pt 2:16. τὸ λαλεῖν (v.l. + ἐν) γλώσσαις speaking in tongues 1 Cor 14:39. W. inf. without the art. (Herodian 2, 4, 7; pap; Is 28:6; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 167) κ. γαμεῖν forbid marriage 1 Ti 4:3; cp. Lk 23:2; Dg 4:3 (the specific mng. forbid in Philochorus [IV/III B.C.]: 328 Fgm. 169a Jac.).

② keep someth. back, refuse, deny, withhold, keep back τὶ someth. τὸ ὕδωρ Ac 10:47. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Gen 23:6; TestSim 2:12; s. B-D-F §180, 1) Lk 6:29.—B. 1275; 1355. DELG. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κωλύω
3 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
4 ἔχω

ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.

A ἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep. ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet. ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf. ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. σχήσησθα h.Cer. 366
codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, also ἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. σχές S.El. 1013
, E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as πάρασχε E.Hec. 842
, κάτασχε Id.HF 1210
); subj. σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt. σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (as μετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.), κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl. σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
, σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf. σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep. σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2 εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22, ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. ἔσχηκα Pl.Lg. 765a
, εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf. εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut. ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper. σχέο Il.21.379
, σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf. σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, later σχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1 ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense, ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 ( σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part. σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf. ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)

A Trans., have, hold:

I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.); οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240; κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received, θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
; τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
; παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
; πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.; ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, ὄνομα E. Ion 997
: also [tense] fut. σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
; λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed, ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.

2 keep, have charge of, ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
; κῆπον 4.737
; Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
; πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393; τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471; σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
; ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13; δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).

b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.

3 c. acc. loci, inhabit, οὐρανόν Il.21.267
; Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
; Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men, πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts, τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.

4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα) , οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.; ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29; νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.; ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass., τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.

5 have in one's house, entertain, Od.17.515, 20.377, h.Ven. 231, 273.

6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with, ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115; ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.

7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171; ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get, περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.

8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental, γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
; ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
; ἕλκος Il.16.517
; λύσσαν 9.305
; μάχην ἔ. 14.57
; ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.; βουλήν 2.344
; τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες 4.309
, cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς) ; ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.; ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
; πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
; πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
; πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529; οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
; πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517; ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
; φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut. ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8; ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4; ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
; ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
; ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted, οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
; οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
; ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
; θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
; σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
; Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608); ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
; ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects, αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
; μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
; σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e; ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ἔχει φάτιν Διονυσοφάνης θάψαι Μαρδόνιον Id.9.84
; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass., ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
; κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
; ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
; νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
; ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
; ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
; ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
, ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
; ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.

9 possess mentally, understand, ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; τέχνην Hes.Th. 770
; πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51; ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ἔχ', ἀποκάθαιρε Ar. Pax 1193
; ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing, μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).

10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.

11 involve, admit of, τά γ' αἰσχρὰ κἀνθάδ' αἰσχύνην ἔχει E.Andr. 244
, cf. Th.1.5; βάσανον Lys.12.31
; ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41; τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.

12 of Measure or Value, τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
; ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
; χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.

b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.

13 c. dupl.acc., Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
; Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
; παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.

II hold:

1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold, οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53; ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.

2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047; ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33; νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.

3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear, εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595; παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
; σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
; κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
; τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.; στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.

4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in full ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; also πρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.

b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.

5 support, sustain, esp. an attack, c. acc. pers., Il.13.51, 20.27; cf. B.I.1, C. 111.

6 hold fast, keep close, ὀχῆες εἶχον [πύλας] 12.456; θύρην ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλής 24.453
.

7 enclose, φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
; σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
; τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain, θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
; ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.

8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fully χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους 3.263
, cf. 11.760; φόβονδε 8.139
; τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.; παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
; ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
; παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph., ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land, νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
; σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129; τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.); ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
; ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
; τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; so πρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.

9 hold in, stay, keep back, ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, τὸ πεπρωμένον οὐ σιδάρεον σχήσει τεῖχος Pi.Fr. 232
, cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, but ἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848; ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
; σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(so εἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
); ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); πόδα Id.IT 1159
; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass., οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.

10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; γόων S.El. 375
; φόνου E.HF 1005
: c.inf., ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing, τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5; ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.; μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11; τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part., ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); μαργῶντα E.Ph. 1156
.

11 keep back, withhold a thing, ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14; Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.

12 hold in guard, keep safe, Il.24.730; of armour, protect, 22.322.

13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place, εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230; ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
; σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37; σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
; τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.

14 hold, consider, τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164; τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
; τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
; ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).

III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.; πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281; ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
; ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; ὡς ἔχω Id.Hec. 614
.

b have to face, be obliged, παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
; εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.; βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.

2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not.., οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130; οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
; οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
; οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
; ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined, οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.

IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.), ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.

B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27; νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169; ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.; ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.

2 hold fast, οὐδέ οἱ ἔσχεν ὀστέον Il.16.740
; cf. A.11.

6

3 c. gen., keep from, πολέμου Th.1.112
(cf. c. IV).

4 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, ἀμφί τι A.Th. 102
(lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.; περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.

II simply, be, ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
; ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
; περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91; ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.); ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
; ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.

2 freq. with Advbs. of manner, εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; εὖ σχήσει S.Aj. 684
); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10; ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
; οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
; οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16; πρός τι D. 9.45
; τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
; κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
; ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114; ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610; ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
; τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.

b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d; εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59; ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
; ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
; ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d; οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
; μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
; ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
; οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc., εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat., οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
; πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
; τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.

III of direction, hold or turn towards, v. supr. A.11.8.

2 stand up, jut out, κίονες ὑψόσ' ἔχοντες Od.19.38
; δι' ὤμου ἔγχος ἔσχεν Il.13.520
.

3 lead towards, ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards, ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to, ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.

4 ἐπί τινι ἔ. have hostile feelings to wards.., Id.6.49, S.Ant. 987 (lyr.).

IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense, κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
; ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
; ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S., θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose, ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
; ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., πατρίδα καταστένουσ' ἔχεις E.Tr. 318
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.

2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c; κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possibly ἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
); παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose, παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.

C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely, τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429; χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
; βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.); ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.

2 metaph., cleave, cling to, ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; γεωργίας BGU7.6
(iii A.D.); τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409; τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
; προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ἀληθείας Pl.Lg. 709c
; κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.

3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4; ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3; ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (without τούτοις Isoc.6.29
).

4 depend, ἔκ τινος Od.6.197
, 11.346: c. gen., σέο δ' ἕξεται Il.9.102
.

b to be connected with by etymology, τὸ θύειν τοῦ θυμιᾶν εἴχετο Porph.Abst.2.59
.

5 pertain to, ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
; ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
; ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193; ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.

II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.

III maintain oneself, hold one's ground, 12.126; ἔχεο κρατερῶς 16.501
.

2 c. acc., keep off from oneself, repel, 17.639 (unless σχήσεσθαι is [voice] Pass., cf. 9.235).

IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84; βίης Od.4.422
; ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
; τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
; τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
; τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; οὐκ ἂν ἐσχόμην τὸ μὴ ἀποκλῇσαι S.OT 1387
; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316; Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.

V [voice] Pass. of ἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.

------------------------------------

ἔχω (B),

A bear, carry, bring, imper. ϝεχέτω Schwyzer 686.24
(Pamphyl., iv B. C.): [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. 1
ἔϝεξε
brought as an offering, Inscr.Cypr. 66
H. (Cf. Skt. váhati, Lat. veho, Γαιάϝοχος.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔχω
5 διά

διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,

A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]

A WITH GEN.

I of Place or Space:

1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons, διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; δουρὶ βάλεν Δάμασον κυνέης διά 12.183
; δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose, τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755; δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν:
διὰ πάσης
throughout, Th.1.14
;
διὰ κενῆς
idly, Id.4.126
, etc. (cf.111.1.c).

2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer, ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
; δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398; τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
; δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.; θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,
ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of.., Ath.10.438b
.

3 in the midst of, Il.9.468; κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between, δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence, ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
; τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
; εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.

4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along, παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48); λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.

5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94; δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
; δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
; ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.

II of Time,

1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13; δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
; δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
; δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
; δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97; δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.); δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058; δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;
δ. τέλους
from beginning to end, A.Pr. 275
, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,
δ. παντός
continually, A.Ch. 862
(lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77; δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
; ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.

2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045; δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone, δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
; οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91; δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals, δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285; ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.

3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).

III causal, through, by,

a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113; δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.; τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
; δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.); ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.

b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands), δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13); δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
; ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
; δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
; δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
; αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b; δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
; δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).

c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.), δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c; δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
; δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
; οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
; δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.

2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, κατασκευάζειν εἴδωλα δι' ἐλέφαντος καὶ χρυσοῦ D.S.17.115
; θυσίαι δι' ἀλφίτου καὶ σπονδῆς πεποιημέναι Plu.Num.8
; βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
; οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.

IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91; δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888; δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
; δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.; δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.

b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9; ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60; δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
; δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416; δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).

c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32; δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.; δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683; δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; δι' οὐδενὸς ποιεῖσθαί τι S.OC 584
.

B WITH Acc.

I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:

1 through, ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
; ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62; δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
; ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
; φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).

2 through, among, in, οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
; ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; so δ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
; ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
); δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; νόμοι δι' αἰθέρα τεκνωθέντες S.OT 867
(lyr.).

II of Time, also Poet., δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.

III causal:

1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of, νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121; δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of, δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249; οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for.., εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
; Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74; εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558; πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.

2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41; Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523; δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6; δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.

3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.

C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I); δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.

D IN COMPOS.:

I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.

II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.

III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.

IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.

V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.

VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.

VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διά
6 ποιέω

ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

A ποίεον Il. 20.147
; [var] contr. ποίει 18.482
; [dialect] Ion. ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36
, 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep. ποίησα Il.18.490
: [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119
: [tense] fut. ποιήσομαι Il.9.397
: in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep. ποι- Od.5.251
, al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.; πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11
,37: [tense] aor. ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159
, etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf. πεποίημαι Il.6.56
, etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as ποῶ S. OT 918
, ποεῖν Id.Tr. 385
, ποεῖς Ar.Ach. 410
, etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol. πόημι πόης πόει PBouriant8.71
,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.

0-0 Used in two general senses, make and do.

A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435; εἴδωλον Od.4.796
; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222; ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482
, cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε ) Ἀργεῖος SIG5
(vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139); Θεόπροπος ἐποίει Αἰγινάτας SIG18
(vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.; τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22
; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65; ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9
; πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96
; καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14
: c. gen. materiae, πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62
; ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31
; φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22
: rarely
ποιεῖσθαί τινι
to be made with.., Longus 1.4
; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made, ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135
; στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16
, cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a; αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5
, cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).

2 create, bring into existence, γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110
, cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.;
ὁ ποιῶν
the creator, Pl.Ti. 76c
; ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11
:—[voice] Med., beget, υἱόν And.1.124
; ἔκ τινος Id.4.22
; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive, παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b
:—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.

3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322; π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20
; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.

b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12; ὁ Α τὸν Γ πολλαπλασιάσας τὸν Η πεποίηκεν Euc.7.19
:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.

c postulate, imply, ἡ προσθήκη ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ ἔλλειψιν ποιεῖ Plot.3.9.3
.

d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.

4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14; π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53
; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d; παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64
, Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.; ποιήματα Id.Phd. 60d
: abs., write poetry, write as a poet, ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38
; ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16
, cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation, ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193
; εἴς τινα Pl.Phd. 61b
; περὶ θεῶν Id.R. 383a
, etc.

b represent in poetry, Ὅμηρον Ἀχιλλέα πεποιηκέναι ἀμείνω Ὀδυσσέως Pl.Hp.Mi. 369c
, cf. 364c, Smp. 174b; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, Plu.2.105b, cf. 25d, Pl. Grg. 525d, 525e, Arist.Po. 1453b29.

c describe in verse, θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a
; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b; μῦθον Lycurg.100
.

d invent, καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b
; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115; πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29
, cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.

II bring about, cause, τελευτήν Od.1.250
; γαλήνην 5.452
; φόβον Il.12.432
; σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10
; τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8
; αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54
, etc.; also of things, ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14
; ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6
, cf. 2.89.

b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that.., σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258
; π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926
; π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459
, cf. 746; π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912
, cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause, π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109
, cf. 1.209; ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18
:—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.

2 procure, π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76
; ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1
; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain, κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126
; ἄδειαν Th.6.60
; τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25
; τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11
, cf. Th.1.5.

3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate, π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19
, cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.); π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1
; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2; τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15
; παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a
; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b; π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30
(Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies, π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746
, Th.1.139; π. μυστήρια Id.6.28
([voice] Pass.); ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67
:—[voice] Med., ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2
; ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57
(v.l.); δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34
; π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91
; π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169
.

4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war, πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48
; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199; σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14
; ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29
; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11; σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77
, etc.

5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29; π. ὁδόν Id.7.42
, 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.

III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30; τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2
, etc.; χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b
: with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363; ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387
; ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21
; γέροντα 16.456
; ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537
; γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818
; [μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5
; πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156
; Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29
, etc.; π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39
: hence, appoint, instal, τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6
; δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14
:—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3
, cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.; π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180
: generally, ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433
; π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54
; μαθητήν Pl.Cra. 428b
; τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119
; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129; μηδ' ἃ μὴ 'θιγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς S.Ant. 547
.

IV put in a certain place or condition, etc., ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274
; σφῶϊν ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν Il.13.55
; αἲ γὰρ τοῦτο θεοὶ ποιήσειαν ἐπὶ νόον νησιώτῃσι Hdt.1.27
, cf. 71; ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136
; τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109
; ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33
; ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3
; ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37
; of troops, form them, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11
, cf. 3.4.21; in politics, ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53
; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48; μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61
:—[voice] Med., ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201
, cf.5.103, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22
; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1; τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106
; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών) ; ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9
.

2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.

V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act., δεινὰ π. 2.121
.έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.; μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119
; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c; οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118
: freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138; ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498
; ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5
; ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16
; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42; παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11
; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63; περὶ παντός Id.2.15
(rarely πολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d
); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.

VI put the case, assume that.., ποιήσας ἀν' ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι Hdt.7.184
, cf. 186, X.An.5.7.9: without inf., ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (sc. εἶναι) Pl.Tht. 197d:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, ib.e;
οἱ φιλοσοφώτατοι ποιούμενοι
those who are reputed.., Id.R. 498a
, cf. 538c, 573b:—but for τὸν φιλόσοφον ποιώμεθα νομίζειν ib. 581d read τί οἰώμεθα..;

VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.); ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23
, cf. To.10.7; δύο ἡμέρας ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἀνουβιείῳ UPZ70.21
(ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.); τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35
; tarry, stay, μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3
, cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).

VIII in later Greek, sacrifice, μοσχάριον LXXEx.29.36
; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.

IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).

X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.

B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5; περὶ ὧν πράττει καὶ μέλλει ποιεῖν Id.8.2
, cf. 18.62; ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56
; πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811
; τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12
; ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134
fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40; οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911
, etc.; τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010
; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.

2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.; μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17
; also εὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8
; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν) κακῶς π. D.1.18
; in LXX with Prep., π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29
; ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115
; κοὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι χρῆμά με ποιεῖς Ar.V. 697
, cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers., τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19
; ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12
codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei, τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8
:—in [voice] Med., φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152
,5.37.

3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652; πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1
; ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9
; μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d
; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part., εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24
, cf. Pl.Phd. 60c; καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13
; οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c
; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial, καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e
; καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110
, cf. 1.28;
εὖ ποιοῦν
fortunately, Id.23.143
.

4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.

II abs., to be doing, act, ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11
; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.

b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b; λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6
; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc., πρὸς ἐπιλημπτικούς 1.6
, al.; εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133
: c. dat., στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183
: abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.

2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6.

C [voice] Med., = προσποιέομαι, pretend, c. inf., Zos.2.14.1, Procop.Arc. 10. ( ποιϝέω perh. from Ποι-ϝό-ς (in κλινοποιός, νεωποιός, τραπεζοποιός, etc.) 'builder', 'maker', cf. Skt. cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ποιέω
7 ἀβλαβής

ἀβλαβ-ής, ές,

A without harm, i.e.,

I [voice] Pass., unharmed, unhurt, Sapph. Supp.1.1, Pi.O.13.27, P.8.54, A.Th.68, X.Cyr.4.1.3, Pl.R. 342b, etc.; ζῶσαν ἀβλαβεῖ βίῳ S.El. 650
. Adv. ἀβλαβῶς, [dialect] Ion. -έως, safely, ζώειν Thgn.1154
; ἔχειν Dexipp.p.148D., cf. Arr.An.6.19.2: [comp] Sup. - έστατα X.Eq.6.1
:—securely, ἐδήσατο σάνδαλα h.Merc.83
.

II [voice] Act., not harming, harmless, innocent, ξυνουσία A.Eu. 285
; ἡδοναί Pl.R. 357b
, etc.;
ἀ. σπασμοί
doing no serious injury, Hp.Epid.1.6
; τὸ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἀ. Phld.Piet.65
: c. gen., ἀ. τῶν πλησίον Porph Sent.32: c. dat., Eus.Mynd.1. Adv. -ῶς, c. dat., without harm to, τῇ γαστρί Metrod.41
.

2 averting or preventing harm, ὕδωρ Theoc.24.98
:—in Pl.Lg. 953b we have the act. and pass. senses conjoined, ἀ. τοῦ δρᾶσαί τε καὶ παθεῖν.

3 in treaties, without violating the terms, ἀβλαβῶς σπονδαῖς ἐμμένειν, coupled with δικαίως and ἀδόλως, Th.5.18 and 47 : so in Adj., ξύμμαχοι πιστοὶ.. καὶ ἀ. IG1.33
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀβλαβής
8 ἀφίημι

ἀφίημι (Hom.+) pres. act. ind. 2 sg. ἀφεῖς (Rob. 315; W-S. §14, 16; M-M.) and ἀφίεις (ApcSed 12:4 p. 135, 14 Ja.), 3 sg. ἀφίησιν (TestSim 3:2) and ἀφίει (TestJud 18:3); 1 pl. ἀφίομεν (ἀφίεμεν v.l.; B-D-F §94, 3) Lk 11:4; 3 pl. ἀφίουσιν Rv 11:9. Impf. 2 sg. ἠφίεις Sus 53 LXX, 3 sg. ἤφιε (B-D-F §69, 1); ptc. ἀφίοντες Hs 8, 6, 5. Fut. ἀφήσω. 1 aor. ἀφῆκα, 2 sg. ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4 (W-H.; B-D-F §83, 2); impv. ἄφησον ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 8 Tdf.; 2 aor. impv. ἄφες (as אֲפֶס in rabb.), ἄφετε; subj. ἀφῶ, 2 pl. ἀφῆτε; inf. ἀφεῖναι Mt 23:23 v.l.; Lk 5:21; ptc. ἀφείς. Mid. aor. impv. 2 sg. ἄφησαι (TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 29 [Stone p. 52]). Pass.: pres. ἀφίεμαι, 3 pl. ἀφίονται Mt 9:2 D; fut. ἀφεθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἀφέθην, 3 sg. ἀφείθη Just. D. 141, 3; pf. 3 pl. ἀφέωνται Mt 9:2 v.l.; Mk 2:5 v.l.; Lk 5:20, 23; 7:48; J 20:23; 1J 2:12 (B-D-F §97, 3); impv. 3 sg. ἀφείσθω Ath. 2:4. Gener., to cause someone or someth. to undergo separation.

① to dismiss or release someone or someth. from a place or one’s presence

ⓐ w. personal obj. let go, send away (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 8; Polyb. 33, 1, 6; Tob 10:5; Sir 27:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 135 τ. ἐκκλησίαν) crowds Mt 13:36; Mk 4:36; 8:13 (mng. 3a is also prob.).

ⓑ w. impers. obj. give up, emit obj. τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit Mt 27:50 (cp. ἀ. τ. ψυχήν Hdt. 4, 190 and oft. in Gk. lit.; Gen 35:18; 1 Esdr 4:21; Jos., Ant. 1, 218; 14, 369 al.). φωνὴν μεγάλην utter a loud cry Mk 15:37 (φων. ἀ. Hdt. et al.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 68 §279; Epict. 2, 22, 12 al.; Gen 45:2; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 34; Jos., Bell. 4, 170, Ant. 8, 325, Vi. 158).

ⓒ in a legal sense divorce γυναῖκα (Hdt. 5, 39) 1 Cor 7:11ff.—Lit.—LEpstein, Marriage Law in the Bible and the Talmud ’42; MHumbert, Le remariage à Rome ’72; CPréaux, in La Femme I, ’79, 161–65 [Hellen. period]; JMurphy-O’Connor, JBL 100, ’81, ’601–6; JMoiser, JSNT 18, ’83, 103–22.

② to release from legal or moral obligation or consequence, cancel, remit, pardon τὸ δάνειον the loan Mt 18:27 (OGI 90, 12; PGrenf I, 26, 9; Dt 15:2). ὀφειλήν a debt vs. 32 (cp. 1 Macc 15:8 πᾶν ὀφείλημα βασιλικὸν ἀ.). Also of remission of the guilt (debt) of sin (Hdt. 6, 30 ἀπῆκέ τʼ ἂν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίην; 8, 140, 2; Lysias 20, 34 ἀφιέντας τ. τῶν πατέρων ἁμαρτίας; Herodas 5, 26 ἄφες μοι τὴν ἁμαρτίην ταύτην; 38, 72f; 1 Macc 13:39.—In another construction Diod S 9, 31, 4 Κῦρος αὐτὸν ἀφίησι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων=absolves him of his misdeeds), in OT and NT predom. in sense of divine forgiveness. W. dat. of pers. and acc. of thing: ὀφειλήματα remit, forgive debts (Appian, Ital. 9 §1 ἠφίει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ χρήσταις τὰ ὀφλήματα) Mt 6:12a; cp. b (s. Sir 28:2 and ὡς 3aβ; FFensham, The Legal Background of Mt 6:12: NovT 4, ’60, 1f [Deut 15:2 LXX]; on the text FBurkitt, ‘As we have forgiven’ Mt 6:12: JTS 33, ’32, 253–55); forgive ἁμαρτίας (Ex 32:32; Num 14:19; Job 42:10 al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 92) Lk 11:4; 1J 1:9. παραπτώματα Mt 6:14f; Mk 11:25; vs. 26 v.l. Pass. (Lev 4:20; 19:22; Is 22:14; 33:24 al.) ἁμαρτίαι Lk 5:20, 23; 7:47b; 1J 2:12; 1 Cl 50:5; Hv 2, 2, 4; Hs 7:4; PtK 3 p. 15, 12; ἁμαρτήματα Mk 3:28 (s. GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua [Eng. tr. PLevertoff 1929], 195–97; JWilliams, NTS 12, ’65, 75–77); PtK 3 p. 15, 27; cp. Mt 12:31f. W. dat. of pers. only Mt 18:21, 35; Lk 17:3f; 23:34 (ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht, Exkurs: Lk 23:34, ’55). Pass. (Lev 4:26, 31, 35; Num 15:25f al.) Lk 12:10; Js 5:15.—J 20:23b (s. JMantey, JBL 58, ’39, 243–49 and HCadbury ibid. 251–54). W. impers. obj. only Mt 9:6; Mk 2:7, 10; Lk 5:21, 24; 7:49; J 20:23. Pass. Mt 9:2, 5; Mk 2:5, 9 (s. HBranscomb, JBL 53, ’34, 53–60; B-D-F §320); Lk 7:47f. ἀνομίαι Ro 4:7; 1 Cl 50:6 (both Ps 31:1). Abs. ἀφίετε 1 Cl 13:2.

③ to move away, w. implication of causing a separation, leave, depart from

ⓐ lit. of pers. or physical things as obj. (PGrenf I, 1, 16; BGU 814, 16; 18) Mt 4:11; 8:15; 26:44; Mk 1:20, 31; 12:12; Lk 4:39. The spirit left the possessed man 9:42 D; abandon (Soph., Phil. 486; Hyperid. 5, 32; X., Hell. 6, 4, 5) Mt 26:56; Mk 14:50.—W. impers. obj. (PFay 112, 13; Jer 12:7; Eccl 10:4; 1 Esdr 4:50): J 10:12; house Mk 13:34; cp. Mt 23:38; Lk 13:35 (Diod S 17, 41, 7: Apollo appears and explains that he would leave Tyre, which is doomed to destruction); Judaea J 4:3 (Jos., Ant. 2, 335 τ. Αἴγυπτον); the way Hv 3, 7, 1; everything Mt 19:27, 29; 10:28f; Lk 5:11; 18:28f.

ⓑ fig. of impers. obj. give up, abandon (Aeschyl., Prom. 317 ὀργάς; Arrian, Anab. 1, 10, 6; Jos., Ant. 9, 264 ἀ. τ. ἄρτι βίον) τὴν πρώτην ἀγάπην Rv 2:4; τ. φυσικὴν χρῆσιν Ro 1:27; leave (behind) to go on to someth. else (in orators; Plut., Mor. 793a; Epict. 4, 1, 15 al.) τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χρ. λόγον Hb 6:1; neglect (Diod S 1, 39, 11; POxy 1067, 5) also omit (Diod S 8, 12, 11) τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου what is more important in the law Mt 23:23; τὴν ἐντολήν Mk 7:8 (Hyperid. 5, 22 νόμον).

④ to have someth. continue or remain in a place. Leave standing/lying (without concerning oneself further about it as, in a way, Diod S 5, 35, 3 a fire without putting it out) αὐτόν Mt 22:22; τὰ δίκτυα 4:20; Mk 1:18; ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρον Mt 5:24; cp. 18:12; J 4:28; ἡμιθανῆ half dead Lk 10:30 (cp. Jdth 6:13).— Leave (behind) w. pers. obj. (2 Km 15:16; 3 Km 19:3; Tob 11:2) as orphans J 14:18 (Epict. 3, 24, 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 387). τινὰ μόνον 8:29; 16:32.—τινί τι ἀ. let someone have someth. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 274 τ. υἱὸν ἄφες μοι) Mt 5:40. W. acc. only τέκνον, σπέρμα Mk 12:19ff; vs. 21 v.l. τινί τι leave, give (Eccl 2:18; Ps 16:14); Mt 22:25; εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν I leave you peace (cp. Diod S 25, 16 τὸν πόλεμον ἀφίημι=I leave [you] war) J 14:27; leave (over, remaining) (Da 4:15) Hb 2:8.—Pass. be left, remain (Da 4:26) οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον not a stone will be left on another Mt 24:2; Mk 13:2; cp. Lk 21:6 (on the hyperbole cp. Reader, Polemo p. 338).

⑤ to convey a sense of distancing through an allowable margin of freedom, leave it to someone to do something, let, let go, allow, tolerate

ⓐ w. acc. (Arrian, Anab. 1, 25, 2; Himerius, Or. [Ecl.] 4, 1; 4 Km 4:27; PsSol 17:9) Mt 15:14; Mk 5:19; 11:6; 14:6; Lk 13:8; Ac 5:38. ἀφεῖς τ. γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ you tolerate the woman Jezebel Rv 2:20. ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως if we let him go on like this (i.e. doing miracles) J 11:48.—Related types of usage allow, let, permit, leave w. double acc. οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὐτὸν ἀφῆκεν God has not left himself without a witness Ac 14:17 (cp. Soph., Oed. Col. 1279 ἀ. τινὰ ἄτιμον; PFay 112, 13; POxy 494, 5f ἐλεύθερα ἀφίημι δοῦλά μου σώματα; 1 Macc 1:48). W. acc. and inf. (BGU 23, 7; POxy 121, 15; Ex 12:23; Num 22:13; PsSol 17:27) Mt 8:22; 13:30; 19:14; 23:13; Mk 1:34; 7:12, 27; 10:14; Lk 8:51; 9:60; 12:39; 18:16; J 11:44; 18:8; Rv 11:9; Hv 1, 3, 1; 3, 1, 8; Hs 9, 11, 6. W. ἵνα foll. Mk 11:16.

ⓑ The imperatives ἄφες, ἄφετε are used w. the subjunctive esp. in the first pers. (this is the source of Mod. Gk. ἄς; B-D-F §364, 1 and 2; Rob. 931f) ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος let me take out the speck Mt 7:4; Lk 6:42 (cp. Epict. 4, 1, 132 ἄφες σκέψωμαι; POxy 413, 184 [II 1d] ἄφες ἐγὼ αὐτὸν θρηνήσω). ἄφες (ἄφετε) ἴδωμεν let us see Mt 27:49; Mk 15:36 (cp. Epict. 3, 12, 15 ἄφες ἴδω). It is also used w. the third pers. (Epict. 1, 15, 7 ἄφες ἀνθήσῃ). And w. ἵνα in a colloquially expressed sentence ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα τηρήσῃ αὐτό let her be, so that she can keep it for the day of my burial J 12:7. (The usage Epict. 4, 13, 19 ἄφες οὖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ ταὐτὰ ὑπολάβω is not strictly parallel, for the impv. is not followed by a pronoun. The rendering let her keep it [s. Mlt. 175f] treats ἄφες as an auxiliary. NRSV’s addition, ‘She bought it’, is unnecessary.) The second pers. is rare ἄφες ἴδῃς Hs 8, 1, 4 acc. to PMich. Abs. let it be so, let it go (Chariton 4, 3, 6) Mt 3:15; GEb 18, 40 (w. ὅτι foll.=‘for’).—B. 768; 839; 1174. DELG s.v. ἵημι. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀφίημι
9 ὅς

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ

① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.

ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.

ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:

α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.² 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.

β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.

א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.

ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).

ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.

ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respect

α. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.

β. constructions ‘ad sensum’

א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.

ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.

ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.

ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.

α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.

β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.

γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.

δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.

ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.

ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter

α. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.

β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.

γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction

א. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.

ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.

δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.

ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.

ⓖ The neut. is used

α. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.

β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.

γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.

ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.

ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.

α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans³-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.

β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher² 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.

ⓙ combined w. particles

α. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.

β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.

γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).

δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.

ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.

ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:

α. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 4) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3.

β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.

γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.

δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’

ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.

ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.

② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).

ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostly

ⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅς
10 ὑπάρχω

ὑπάρχω, [tense] fut.

A - ξω Hdt.6.109
, S.Ant. 932 (anap.): [tense] aor. ὑπῆρξα (v. infr. 1):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ὑπαρχθήσομαι PTeb.418.7
(iii A. D.): [tense] pf. ὕπηργμαι, [dialect] Ion. - αργμαι Hdt.7.11
:—begin, take the initiative:—Constr.:

1 abs., Od.24.286, E.Ph. 1223; ὑπάρχων ἠδίκεις αὐτούς Isoc.16.44
; ὁ ὑπάρξας the beginner (in a quarrel), D.59.15, cf. 1; ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ὑπάρξαντας Lys.24.18
; ἀμυνομένους, μὴ ὑπάρχοντας Pl.Grg. 456e
; ὡς οὐχ ὑπάρχων ἀλλὰ τιμωρούμενος Men.358
:—[voice] Med., Pl.Ti. 41c, Ael. NA12.41, etc.

2 c. gen., take the initiative in, begin, ἀδίκων ἔργων, ἀδικίης, Hdt.1.5, 4.1, cf. Th.2.74, etc.; ὑ. τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῇ Ἑλλάδι And.1.142
, cf. Pl.Mx. 237b.

3 c. part., take the initiative in doing, ἐμὲ ὑπῆρξαν ἄδικα ποιεῦντες Hdt.7.8
.β, cf. 6.133, 9.78; ὑπάρχει εὖ (or κακῶς) ποιῶν τινα X.An.2.3.23
, 5.5.9; τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι οἷσπερ καὶ οἱ Λκεδαιμόνιοι ὑπῆρξαν retaliating by the means which the L. had used first, Th.2.67 (where οἷσπερ is expld. by the following ἀποκτείναντες and ἐσβαλόντες).

b in [voice] Med. c. inf., Ael.NA14.11: c. gen., βαδίσεως -ονται ib.4.34; ἡλίου -ομένου τῆς ἀκμῆς ib.1.20.

4 c. acc., ὑ. εὐεργεσίας εἴς τινα or τινι take the initiative in [doing] kindnesses to one, D.19.280, Aeschin.2.26; ὑ. τοῦτο (sc. τὸ εὐνοεῖν) Men.927:—[voice] Pass., ὑπηρεσίαι ὑπηργμέναι εἰς Φίλιππον αὑτῷ Aeschin. 2.109
; τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὑπηργμένα D.1.10
; τὰ ἔκ τινος ὑπαργμένα ([dialect] Ion. for ὑπηργ-) Hdt.7.11; ὑπηργμένων πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν Ar. Lys. 1159
; οὐδέν μοι ὑπῆρκτο εἰς αὐτόν Antipho 5.58
; ἀνάξια τῶν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὑπηργμένων Lys.21.25
; ἄξιον τῶν ὑ. equivalent to what was done for him, Arist.EN 1163b21: impers., ὑπῆρκτο αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ Πειραιέως) a beginning of it had been made, Th.1.93.

B in [voice] Act. only, to be the begining, παιδοβόροι μὲν πρῶτον ὑπῆρξαν μόχθοι τάλανες A.Ch. 1068
(anap.); πολλῶν κακῶν, μεγάλων ἀχέων, E.Ph. 1582 (v. l.), Andr. 274 (lyr.), cf. HF 1169.

2 to be already in existence, πημονῆς δ' ἅλις γ' ὑπάρχει A.Ag. 1656
(troch.);
φοίνισσα δὲ Θρηϊκίων ἀγέλα ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν
was already there, Pi.P.4.205
; αὗται αἱ νέες τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι ὑπῆρχον already existed, opp. to those they were about to build, Hdt.7.144; εἰ τοίνυν σφι χώρη γε μηδεμία ὑπῆρχε if they had no country originally existing, Id.2.15; χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οἱ χίλιοι ὑπῆρχον the original thousand existed, X.Cyr.1.5.5; ἔδει πρῶτον μὲν ὑπάρχειν πάντων ἰσηγορίαν Eup.291
(lyr.); ὑπαρχούσης μὲν τιμῆς, παρούσης δὲ δυνάμεως X.Ages.8.1
; τοῦτο δεῖ προσεῖναι, τὰ δ' ἄλλ' ὑπάρχει D.3.15
, cf. 8.53; ταὐτὰ ὑ. αὐτῷ ἅπερ ἐμοί Antipho 5.60
, cf. Lys.12.23; ὑμῖν.. ἐλευθερίαν τε ὑπάρχειν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ξυμμάχοις κεκλῆσθαι there is in store for you.., Th.5.9: c. gen., οἶκος δ' ὑ. τῶνδε.. ἔχειν there is store of these things for us to have, A.Ag. 961 (s. v. l., οἴκοις Pors.): freq. in part., ἡ ὑπάρχουσα οὐσία the existing property, Isoc.1.28; τὰ ὑ. ἁμαρτήματα Th.2.92
; τῆς ὑ. τιμῆς for the current price, Syngr. ap. D.35.12; οἱ ὑ. πολῖται the existing citizens, Id.18.295; τῆς φύσεως ὑ. nature being what it is, X.Cyr.6.4.4; also κρησφύγετόν τι ὑπάρχον εἶναι that there should be a refuge ready prepared, Hdt.5.124.

3 exist really, opp. φαίνομαι, Arist.Cael. 297b22, Metaph. 1046b10; ἀθεώρητοι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Id.GC 316a9
; καταληπτικὴ φαντασία ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος Stoic.2.25
.

4 simply, be, τοῖσιν ἄγουσιν κλαύμαθ' ὑπάρξει S.Ant. 932
(anap.); ὅθεν εὐμάρει' ὑπάρχοι πόρου Id.Ph. 704
(lyr.): and with a predicate, θησαυρὸς ἄν σοι παῖς ὑπῆρχ' οὑμός E.Hec. 1229
; τὸ χωρίον καρτερὸν ὑ. Th.4.4
; φύσεως ἀγαθῆς ὑπάρξαι to be of a good natural disposition, X.Oec.21.11; κἂν σοφὸς ὑπάρχῃ Philem.102
; μέγα ὑ. τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις ις of great advantage to them, D.3.19; πολλῶν ὑπάρξει κῦρος ἡμέρα καλῶν, = κυρώσει πολλὰ καλά, S.El. 919.

b τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, much like τὰ ὑπηργμένα (A. 4 [voice] Pass.), a man's record, ἀνάξιον τῶν ὑ. τῇ πόλει καὶ πεπραγμένων τοῖς προγόνοις D.8.49
; τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑ. your past record, Id.18.95; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα αἰσχύνη the disgrace which has been incurred, Id.19.217; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα [αὑτῷ] ἐγκλήματα Aeschin.1.179
.

5 sts. with a part., much like τυγχάνω, τοιαῦτα [αὐτῷ] ὑπῆρχε ἐὀντα Hdt.1.192; ἐχθρὸς ὑ. ὤν D.21.38
; ὑ. δύναμιν κεκτημένοι Id.3.7
, cf. 15.1.

6 προγόνων ὑ. τῶν ἐξ Ἰλίου to be the descendant of.., D.H.2.65.

II like ὑπόκειμαι 11.2, to be laid down, to be taken for granted, Pl.Smp. 198d; τούτου ὑπάρχοντος, τούτων ὑπαρχόντων, this being granted, Id.Ti. 30c, 29b; θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον Id.R. 458a
.

III belong to, fall to one, accrue, ὑπάρξει τοι.. τὰ ἐναντία you will have, Hdt.6.109, etc.; τὸ μισεῖσθαι πᾶσιν ὑ. Th.2.64
; τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀπ' ἀλλήλων ἀμφοτέροις [σωτηρίαν] Id.6.86; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα φύσις your proper nature, its normal condition, Id.2.45; τῇ τέχνῃ ὑπάρχειν διδούς assigning as a property of art, Pl.Phlb. 58c, cf. Tht. 150b, 150c.

2 of persons, ὑ. τινί to be devoted to one, X.An.1.1.4, HG7.5.5, D.19.54, etc.; καθ' ὑμῶν ὑπάρξων ἐκείνῳ he will be on his side against you, ib.118, cf. 2.14.

b ἐν παντὶ.. πᾶς χωρίῳ, καὶ ᾧ μὴ ὑπάρχομεν every one in every place, even outside our sphere of influence (lit. to which we do not belong), Th.6.87.

3 in the Logic of Arist. ὑπάρχειν denotes the subsistence of qualities in a subject, Metaph.1025a14; ὑ. τινί, = κατηγορεῖσθαί τινος, APr. 25a13, al.; ὑ. κατά τινος ib. 24a27, Int. 16b13; ἐπί τινος ib. 16a32; ὑ. τινὶ ζῴῳ πεζῷ δίποδι εἶναι Top. 109a14
; ὑπάρξει τι [τῷ πρώτῳ] it will have predicates, Plot.5.6.2; ἡ γένεσις τῷ χρόνῳ.. ὑπάρχει Dam.Pr. 142
.

IV freq. in neut. pl. part., τὰ ὑπάρχοντα,

1 in signf. 1, existing circumstances, presentadvantages, Democr. 191, D.2.2; ἀπὸ τῶν αἰεὶ ὑ. σφαλέντες Th.4.18
, cf. 6.33; πρὸς τὰ ὑ. ib.31;
ἐκ τῶν ὑ.
under the circumstances, according to one's means, X. An.6.4.9
, Arist.Pol. 1288b33; ὡς ἐκ τῶν ὑ. Th.7.76
, 8.1.

2 in signf. 111, possessions, resources, Id.1.70, 144, etc.; τὰ ἑκατέροις ὑ. ib. 141; κινδυνεύειν περὶ τῶν ὑ. Isoc.3.57
: as a Subst., τὰ ὑ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Matt. 24.47
, cf. LXXGe.12.5; ὑποθέμενος τὰ ὑ. καὶ ὑπάρξοντα present and future resources, POxy.125.22 (vi A.D.), etc.

3 Math., ὑπάρχοντα εἴδη positive terms, Dioph.1Def.10.

V impers., ὑπάρχει the fact is that.., c. acc. et inf., ὑ. γάρ σε μὴ γνῶναί τινα S.El. 1340
; ὡς ὑ. τοῦ ἔχειν .. as the case stands with regard to having, Arist.HA 516b25; περὶ τοὺς μαστοὺς ὑπεναντίως ὑ. ib. 500a14.

2 it is allowed, it is possible, c. dat. et inf., ὑ. ἡμῖν ἐπικρατεῖν Th.7.63
, cf. And.2.19, etc.; ὑ. αὐτῇ εὐδαίμονι εἶναι Pl.Phd. 81a
, cf. Prt. 345a, Phdr. 240b, etc.: also without a dat., οὐχ ὑ. εἰδέναι Th.1.82
; ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι μητέρα Is.7.25
, etc.: abs., ὥσπερ ὑπῆρχε as well as was possible, Th.3.109.

3 in neut. part., ὑπάρχον ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν since it is allowed you to.., Th. 1.124, cf. Pl.Smp. 217a.

C to be ὕπαρχος or subordinate colleague, D.C.36.36; τῷ.. Ἀντωνίνῳ Id.71.34
.

II dub. in the sense of ἄρχω, rule; for Th.6.87, where the Sch. is in error, v. supr. B.111.2b; in Arist.Pol. 1291b32 ὑπερέχειν is prob. l.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπάρχω
11 εὑρίσκω

εὑρίσκω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) impf. εὕρισκον (also ηὕρισκον Ex 15:22; Da 6:5 LXX; Mel., P. [consistently]); fut. εὑρήσω; 2 aor. εὗρον, and mixed forms 1 pl. εὕραμεν (BGU 1095, 10 [57 A.D.]; Sb 6222, 12 [III A.D.]) Lk 23:2, 3 pl. εὕροσαν LXX,-ωσαν GJs 24:3 (s. deStrycker p. 247), εὕρησαν 10:1 (s. deStrycker p. 245); pf. εὕρηκα. Mid. 2 aor. εὑράμην Hb 9:12 (B-D-F §81, 3; s. Mlt-H. 208). Pass.: pres. εὑρίσκομαι; impf. 3 sg. ηὑρίσκετο; 1 fut. εὑρεθήσομαι (W-S. §15 s.v.); 1 aor. εὑρέθην (also ηὑ-LXX); perf. εὕρημαι LXX.

① to come upon someth. either through purposeful search or accidentally, find

ⓐ after seeking, find, discover, come upon, abs. (opp. ζητεῖν, Pla., Gorg. 59 p. 503d; Epict. 4, 1, 51 ζήτει καὶ εὑρήσεις; PTebt 278, 30 [I A.D.] ζήτῶι καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκωι) Mt 7:7f; Lk 11:9f; Ox 654 (=ASyn. 247, 20) preface 5 (restored Fitzmyer); GHb 70, 17; τινὰ ζητεῖν κ. εὑ. (3 Km 1:3) 2 Ti 1:17. τινὰ or τὶ ζητεῖν κ. οὐχ εὑ. (PGiss 21, 5; Sextus 28; 4 Km 2:17; 2 Esdr 17:64; Ps 9:36; Pr 1:28; SSol 5:6; Ezk 22:30; TestJob 40:7 ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὴν καὶ μὴ εὑρών) Mt 12:43; 26:60; Mk 14:55; Lk 11:24; 13:6f; J 7:34, 36; Rv 9:6. εὑ. τινά Mk 1:37; Lk 2:45; 2 Cor 2:13. τὶ Mt 7:14; 13:46; 18:13; Lk 24:3. νομήν pasture J 10:9 (cp. La 1:6); Ac 7:11; σπήλαιον GJs 18:1; τὸ πτῶμα 24:3. The obj. acc. can be supplied fr. the context Mt 2:8; Ac 11:26; GJs 21:2 (not pap). W. the place given ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 5:22. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:25. Pass. w. neg. εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος if anyone(’s name) was not found written in the book of life Rv 20:15 (cp. PHib 48, 6 [255 B.C.] οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκω ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις; 2 Esdr 18:14). The pass. w. neg. can also mean: no longer to be found, despite a thorough search= disappear (PRein 11, 11 [III B.C.]) of Enoch οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο Hb 11:5 (Gen 5:24). ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν Rv 16:20; cp. 18:21. The addition of the neg., which is actually found in the Sahidic version, would clear up the best-attested and difficult rdg. of 2 Pt 3:10 καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται; other proposals in Nestle. See also Danker 2 below.

ⓑ accidentally, without seeking find, come upon τινά someone (PGen 54, 31 εὑρήκαμεν τὸν πραιπόσιτον; Gen 4:14f; 18:28ff; 1 Km 10:2; 3 Km 19:19; Sir 12:17; TestSol 18:21; Just., A II, 11, 3) Mt 18:28; 27:32; J 1:41a (Diog. L. 1, 109 τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὑρών=he came upon his brother), 43, 45; 5:14; 9:35; Ac 13:6; 18:2; 19:1; 28:14. Foll. by ἐν w. dat. to designate the place (3 Km 11:29; 2 Ch 21:17; 1 Macc 2:46; Herodian 3, 8, 6) Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9; J 2:14; τὶ someth. (Gen 11:2; 26:19; Judg 15:15; 4 Km 4:39 al.; Just., D. 86, 5) Mt 13:44 (Biogr. p. 324 εὑρὼν θησαυρόν); 17:27; Lk 4:17; J 12:14 (Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I 222, 38] εὑρόντες ὄνους δύο ἐπέβησαν); Ac 17:23. Pass. be found, find oneself, be (Dt 20:11; 4 Km 14:14; 1 Esdr 1:19; 8:13; Bar 1:7; TestSol 7:6; GrBar 4:11) Φ. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον Philip found himself or was present at Azotus Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; also s. 4 Km 2), on the other hand, a Semitic phrase … אֱשְׁתַּכַּח בְּ=to arrive in, or at, may underlie the expr. here and in εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τ. βασιλείαν Hs 9, 13, 2 (s. MBlack, Aramaic Studies and the NT, JTS 49, ’48, 164). οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ there was no longer any place for them in heaven Rv 12:8 (s. Da 2:35 Theod.); cp. 18:22, 24. οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τ. στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 16:10 (both Is 53:9); cp. Rv 14:5 (cp. Zeph 3:13). ἵνα εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) that I might be found in Christ Phil 3:9 (JMoffatt, ET 24, 1913, 46).

ⓒ w. acc. and ptc. or adj., denoting the state of being or the action in which someone or someth. is or is involved (B-D-F §416, 2; s. Rob. 1120f) discover

α. w. ptc. (Thu. 2, 6, 3; Demosth. 19, 332; Epict. 4, 1, 27; PTebt 330, 5 [II A.D.] παραγενομένου εἰς τ. κώμην εὗρον τ. οἰκίαν μου σεσυλημένην; Num 15:32; Tob 7:1 S; 8:13; Da 6:14; 6:12 Theod.; TestSol 1:5 D; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 25 [Stone p. 12], B 2 p. 109, 15 [Stone p. 60]; TestJob 37:8; ParJer 7:29 al.; Jos., Bell. 6, 136 τ. φύλακας εὗρον κοιμωμένους; Ath. 33, 1) εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα he finds it unoccupied (that gives the condition for his return: HNyberg, ConNeot 2, ’36, 22–35) Mt 12:44. εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας he found others standing there 20:6 (cp. Jdth 10:6); cp. 21:2; 24:46; 26:40, 43; Mk 11:2; 13:36; 14:37, 40; Lk 2:12; 7:10; 8:35; 11:25; 12:37, 43; 19:30; Ac 5:23; 9:2; 10:27; 27:6; 2 Cl 6:9; ITr 2:2 and oft. εὗρεν αὐτὴν ὀγκωμένην GJs 13:1a; 15:2; εὗρον τὸ αἷμα (πτῶμα pap) αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον 24:3; εὗρον αὐτὸν ἔτι ζῶντα AcPl Ha 10, 12; εὑρήσετε δύο ἄνδρας προσευχομένους ibid. 19. W. ellipsis of the ptc. εὑρέθη μόνος (sc. ὤν) Lk 9:36. ὁ ὄφις … εὗρεν τὴν Εὔαν μόνην GJs 13:1b; οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον (ὄν) Lk 23:4; cp. vs. 22.

β. w. adj. (TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 24 [Stone p. 30] εὗρεν αὐτῆς ζυγίας τὰς ἁμαρτίας; ApcMos 16) εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν Ac 5:10 (TestJob 40:11). εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 2 Cor 9:4.

γ. elliptically w. a whole clause οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς I may find you not as I want (to find you) 2 Cor 12:20. Several times w. καθώς foll.: εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς they found it just as he had told them Mk 14:16; Lk 19:32; GJs 15:2; cp. Lk 22:13. ἵνα … εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς that they may be found (leading the same kind of life) as we 2 Cor 11:12.

② to discover intellectually through reflection, observation, examination, or investigation, find, discover, transf. sense of 1 (X., Hell. 7, 4, 2; M. Ant. 7, 1; Wsd 3:5; Da 1:20 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 10, 196; Just., A I, 31, 7 al.; Ath. 17, 2 ‘create’ an artistic work) τὶ someth.: I find it to be the rule Ro 7:21. ὧδε εὑ. ἐντολήν here I find a commandment B 9:5. τινά w. ptc. foll. find someone doing someth. (Anonymi Vi. Platonis p. 7, 18 Westerm.) Lk 23:2; Ac 23:29. Likew. τὶ w. ptc. foll. Rv 3:2. τινά w. adj. foll. 2:2. W. ὅτι foll. B 16:7. (TestSol 22:11). Of the result of a judicial investigation εὑ. αἰτίαν θανάτου find a cause for putting to death Ac 13:28. εὑ. αἰτίαν, κακόν, ἀδίκημα ἔν τινι J 18:38; 19:4, 6; Ac 23:9. εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα let them say what wrong-doing they have discovered 24:20. ποιεῖτε ἵνα εὑρεθῆτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως act in order that you may pass muster in the day of judgment B 21:6. Cp. 2 Pt 3:10 w. an emendation of καὶ γῇ κατὰ τὰ (for καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ) ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (cp. PsSol 17:8) and the earth will be judged according to the deeds done on it (FDanker, ZNW 53, ’62, 82–86).—W. acc. of a price or measure calculated εὗρον they found Ac 19:19; 27:28. W. indir. quest. foll. Lk 5:19 which, by the use of the article, can become an object acc.: εὑ. τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 19:48. τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς Ac 4:21. W. inf. foll. ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ in order to find a charge against him Lk 6:7; 11:54 D (but there is no accusative with εὕρωσιν; cp. PParis 45, 7 [153 B.C.] προσέχων μὴ εὕρῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ ἰπῖν=εἰπεῖν. For this reason it is perhaps better to conclude that εὑρίσκω with inf.=be able: Astrampsychus p. 5 ln. 14 εἰ εὑρήσω δανείσασθαι ἄρτι=whether I will be able to borrow money now; p. 6 ln. 72; p. 42 Dec. 87, 1. Then the transl. would be: so that they might be able to bring an accusation against him). Of seeking and finding God (Is 55:6; Wsd 13:6, 9; cp. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 36, Leg. All. 3, 47) Ac 17:27. Pass. εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν I have let myself be found by those who did not seek me Ro 10:20 (Is 65:1).—As נִמְצָא be found, appear, prove, be shown (to be) (Cass. Dio 36, 27, 6; SIG 736, 51; 1109, 73; 972, 65; POxy 743, 25 [2 B.C.]; ParJer 4:5; Jos., Bell. 3, 114; Just., A I, 4, 2; Tat. 41:3; Mel., P. 82, 603; Ath. 24, 4) εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα it was found that she was to become a mother Mt 1:18. εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ εἰς θάνατον (sc. οὖσα) the commandment proved to be a cause for death to me Ro 7:10. οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες; were there not found to return? Lk 17:18; cp. Ac 5:39; 1 Cor 4:2 (cp. Sir 44:20); 15:15; 2 Cor 5:3; Gal 2:17; 1 Pt 1:7; Rv 5:4; 1 Cl 9:3; 10:1; B 4:14; Hm 3:5 and oft. ἄσπιλοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι be found unstained in his judgment 2 Pt 3:14. σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος when he appeared in human form Phil 2:7. εὑρεθήσομαι μαχόμνενος τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου … εὑρεθήσομαι παραδιδοὺς ἀθῶον αἷμα GJs 14:1.

③ to attain a state or condition, find (for oneself), obtain. The mid. is used in this sense in Attic wr. (B-D-F §310, 1; Rob. 814; Phryn. p. 140 Lob.); in our lit. it occurs in this sense only Hb 9:12. As a rule our lit. uses the act. in such cases (poets; Lucian, Lexiph. 18; LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 41) τὴν ψυχήν Mt 10:39; 16:25. ἀνάπαυσιν (Sir 11:19; 22:13; 28:16; 33:26; ἄνεσιν ApcEsdr 5:10) ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν rest for your souls 11:29. μετανοίας τόπον have an opportunity to repent or for changing the (father’s) mind Hb 12:17. σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ maintain a dwelling for the God of Jacob Ac 7:46b (Ps 131:5). χάριν obtain grace (SSol 8:10 v.l.) Hb 4:16. χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ obtain favor with God Lk 1:30; also ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 7:46a; GJs 11:2 (LXX as a rule ἐναντίον w. gen.; JosAs 15:14 ἐνώπιόν σου). ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου obtain mercy from the Lord 2 Ti 1:18 (cp. Gen 19:19; Da 3:38).—The restoration [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν Ox 1081, 26 is not valid; on basis of the Coptic SJCh 90, 2 read w. Till p. 220 app.: [ταῦτα γιγν]ῴσκομεν.—B. 765; RAC VI, 985–1052. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εὑρίσκω
12 παύω

παύω (Hom.+) fut. 1 sg. παύσω (JosAs 28:5), 2 sg. παύσεις (Is 58:12), 3 sg. παύσει (Job 6:26); 1 aor. ἔπαυσα, impv. 2 sing. παῦσον (GrBar 1:6; ApcSed 12:1), 3 sing. παυσάτω. Mid.: impf. ἐπαυόμην; fut. παύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπαυσάμην, impv. παῦσαι; pf. πέπαυμαι; plpf. ἐπεπαύμην (Just., D. 66, 1). Pass.: fut. 3 sg. παυθήσεται (Just., A I, 52, 8); 2 aor. inf. παῆναι (Hv 1, 3, 3; 3, 9, 1.—Reinhold p. 78; StBPsaltes, Grammatik 225; B-D-F §76, 1; 78; W-S. §13, 9).

① to cause someth. to stop or keep someth. from happening, stop, cause to stop, quiet, relieve, act. (JosAs 28:5 τὴν ὀργήν; Jos., Ant. 20, 117 στάσιν, Vi. 173; Just., D. 11, 2 νόμον) τὶ ἀπό τινος hinder, keep someth. from someth. τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ keep the tongue from evil 1 Pt 3:10; 1 Cl 22:3 (both Ps 33:14). Relieve, cure (SIG 1168, 72) τί τινι someth. with someth. τοὺς παροξυσμοὺς ἐμβροχαῖς IPol 2:1.

② to cease doing someth., stop (oneself), cease, mid. (on the syntax s. DHesseling, ByzZ 20, 1911, 147ff) w. pres. act. ptc. foll. (Hom.+), or pres. pass. ptc. (Ath. 1, 3 al.) ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν (Gen 18:33; Num 16:31; Judg 15:17 B) he stopped speaking Lk 5:4. μετʼ ἐμοῦ λαλοῦσα Hv 3, 10, 1. ἐπαυσάμην ἐρωτῶν I stopped asking v 3, 8, 1; cp. v 3, 1, 6. π. τύπτων τινά stop beating someone Ac 21:32. ἀναβαίνων Hs 9, 4, 4a.—οὐ π. foll. by pres. act. ptc. not to stop doing someth., do someth. without ceasing (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 2; Herodian 1, 6, 2; Philostrat., V.S. 2, 1, 6 οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο μισοῦντες; Jos., Ant. 9, 255) διδάσκων Ac 5:42. λαλῶν 6:13. διαστρέφων 13:10. νουθετῶν 20:31. εὐχαριστῶν Eph 1:16. Followed by the pres. mid. ptc. (cp. Himerius, Or. 74 [=Or. 24], 5 μὴ παύονται ἐργαζόμενοι) προσευχόμενος Col 1:9. αἰτούμενος Hv 3, 3, 2. Foll. by pres. pass. ptc. (Antiphon Or. 5, 50; Pla., Rep. 9, 583d), in ref. to αἱ θυσίαι: ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι; otherwise would they not have ceased to be offered? Hb 10:2.—W. gen. of thing (Hom. et al.; Ex 32:12; TestSim 3:6; Philo, Dec. 97; Jos., Ant. 7, 144; Just., A II, 2, 7) cease from, have done with someth. τῶν ἀρχαίων ὑποδειγμάτων leave the old examples, i.e. mention no more 1 Cl 5:1. πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας he is through with sin 1 Pt 4:1. W. gen. of the inf. (ApcEsdr 4:1; Jos., Ant. 3, 218; Just., D. 56, 2; Ath. 24, 2) π. τοῦ θύειν GEb 54, 20. π. ἀπό τινος cease from, leave (Ps 36:8) ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16). ἀπὸ τῆς πονηρίας Hv 3, 9, 1. π. ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἡ ὀργή the wrath will cease from you GEb 54, 20 (ParJer 7:28 οὐκ ἐπαύσατο ἡ λύπη ἀφʼ ἡμῶν).—Abs. stop, cease, have finished, be at an end (Hom. et al.; EpArist 293; SibOr 5, 458; Just., D. 51, 1; 52, 3; Ath. 19, 1) of Jesus at prayer ὡς ἐπαύσατο when he stopped Lk 11:1. ἐπαύσαντο οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες μικρόν the builders stopped for a little while Hs 9, 4, 4b. οὐ παύσεται ὁ ζητῶν, ἕως ἂν εὕρῃ (for the constr. cp. Sir 23:17) the one who seeks will not give up until he has found GHb 70, 17; cp. Ox 654, 6 (GTh 2). Of the raging wind and waves ἐπαύσαντο they stopped Lk 8:24 (cp. Od. 12, 168; Hdt. 7, 193; Arrian, Ind. 22, 1 ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπαύσατο; TestNapht 6:9 ἐπαύσατο ὁ χειμών). Of an uproar Ac 20:1 (cp. IAndrosIsis, Kyme 26 φόνου); GJs 25:1 (pap, s. entry καταπαύω). Of speaking in tongues, which will come to an end 1 Cor 13:8. Also of time elapse, come to an end (Herodian 1, 16, 2; PGrenf II, 69, 21 τῆς πεπαυμένης τριετηρίδος) τῆς ἑορτῆς παυσαμένης since the festival was over GPt 14:58. μετὰ τὸ παῆναι αὐτῆς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα after these words of hers had come to an end Hv 1, 3, 3.—B. 981. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παύω
13 λογίζομαι

λογ-ίζομαι, [dialect] Att. [tense] fut. - ιοῦμαι Id.Ra. 1263, Th.5.87, etc.: [tense] aor.

A ἐλογισάμην E.Or. 555
, Th.6.31, etc.: [tense] pf. λελόγισμαι Lys.32.24
,27, D.28.12:—[voice] Pass., v. infr. 111: ([etym.] λόγος):—prop. of numerical calculation, count, reckon, οὐκ ἐπισταμένους λογίζεσθαι Hdt.2.16
; εὗρον λογιζόμενος Id.7.28
, cf. 194, etc.; in full, λ. ψήφοισι Id.2.36
; λόγισαι φαύλως, μὴ ψήφοις ἀλλ' ἀπὸ χειρός calculate roughly, not by rule, but off-hand, Ar.V. 656: c. acc. rei, λ. τοὺς τόκους calculate the interest, Id.Nu.20; τρεῖς μνᾶς ἀναλώσας λογίσασθαι δώδεκα spend 3 minae and set down 12, Id.Pl. 381.

2 c. acc. et inf., reckon or calculate that.., λ. μύρια εἶναι [τὰ ἔτεα] Hdt. 2.145; τὰς βλάβας, ἃς ἐλογίζεθ' αὑτῷ γεγενῆσθαι D.21.176
: without acc., Θηριππίδῃ μισθὸν ἀποδεδωκέναι λ. Id.27.20
.

3 λ. τινί τι set down to one's account, οὗτος.. τὸ ἥμισυ τούτοις.. λελόγισται Lys.32.24
, cf. 27; τἀνηλωμέν'.. οὐκ ἐλογιζόμην I did not charge them.., D. 18.113: metaph., τὰ παραπτώματα λ. τινί 2 Ep.Cor.5.19
.

b audit the accounts of a person, c. dat., τοῖς ὑπευθύνοις Arist.Ath.54.2
; ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ib.48.3.

II without reference to numbers, take into account, calculate, consider, ταῦτα Hdt.9.53
, cf. S.Aj. 816, etc.; λ. τὰ ξυμφέροντα Th.1.76
; λ. τι πρός τινας with them, D.5.24; also λ. περί τινος calculate, form calculations about.., Hdt.2.22, X.Mem.4.3.11.

2 c. acc. et inf., reckon, consider that.., τὸν ἕτερον [παῖδα] οὐκ εἶναί μοι λ. Hdt.1.38
; τὸν Πᾶνα τῶν ὀκτὼ θεῶν λ. εἶναι Id.2.46
; λ. ὅτι .. or ὡς .., X.HG2.4.28, 6.4.6; ἐλογιζόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν.., ὅτι .. And.1.52, Pl.Ap. 21d: c. acc. et part., Σμέρδιν μηκέτι ὑμῖν ἐόντα λογίζεσθε Hdt.3.65
: also with inf. omitted, reckon or account so and so, τὸν καθ' ἡμέραν βίον λογίζου σόν [εἶναι], τὰ δ' ἄλλα τῆς τύχης E.Alc. 789
; πολὺν [εἶναι] τὸν κάτω χρόνον ib. 692; λογίζεταί τ' ἐκεῖνα πάνθ' ἁμαρτίας Ar.V. 745
; μίαν ἄμφω τούτω τὼ ἡμέρα λ. count both days as one, X.Cyr.1.2.11.

3 c. inf. also, count or reckon upon doing, calculate or expect that.., ἐπισιτιεῖσθαι ἐλογίζοντο Hdt.7.176
; ἐλογίζετο κατύπερθέ οἱ τὰ πρήγματα ἔσεσθαι Id.8.136
; λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι X.An.2.2.13
; λελογισμένοι.. εἰσὶν.. διαζῆν E.IA 922
, cf. Or. 555 (dub. l.); τί λογίζομ'.. προσδοκῶν χάριν παρὰ γυναικὸς κομιεῖσθαι; Men.564.

4 count upon, εἴ τις δύο ἢ καί τι πλείους ἡμέρας λ., μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 944
.

5 conclude by reasoning, infer that.., c. acc. et inf., Pl.Grg. 524b, X.Ages.7.3; λ. ὅτι .. Id.HG6.1.5, cf. Pl.Phd. 62e, al.

6 abs., τοὺς ἐπισταμένους λογίζεσθαι Archyt.3
; ὁ σπουδαῖος λελόγισται ἤδη has finished reasoning, Plot.3.8.6, cf. 4.4.12.

III [voice] Pass., mostly [tense] aor. ἐλογίσθην and (less freq.) [tense] pf. λελόγισμαι, also in [tense] pres., part. λογιζόμενον Hdt.3.95
, freq. in later Gr., PPetr.3p.340 (iii B. C.), Ep.Rom.4.5, etc.; χρήματα εἰς ἀργύριον λογισθέντα counted or calculated in silver, X.Cyr.3.1.33; ὁπλῖται ἐλογίσθησαν οὐκ ἐλάττους δισμυρίων Id.HG6.1.19
; οὗτος λογισμὸς λογισθείς Pl.Ti. 34b
; οὐδ' ἐξ ἑνὸς λόγου λελογισμένου Id.Phdr. 246c
; τὸ λελογισμένον, = λογισμός, E.IA 386, Luc.Nigr.Prooem.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λογίζομαι
14 ἀπήμων

ἀπήμων, ον, gen. -ονος, ([etym.] πῆμα)

A like ἀπήμαντος, unharmed, unhurt, ἀδάκρυτος καὶ ἀ. Il.1.415
, al.; σὺν νηυσὶν ἀπήμονες ἦλθον Ἀχαιοί Od. 4.487
; νόστος ἀ. ib. 519, cf. νῆες ἀπήμονες Opp.H.5.676
; ὄλβος, Pi. Pae.9.8; μοῖρα A.R.1.422
; without sorrow or care, ἀ. κραδία κᾶδος ἀμφ' ἀλλότριον Pi.N.1.54
, cf.P.10.22: c.gen., ἀ. πάσης οἰζύος A.Eu. 893
.— Rare in Prose, as Hdt.1.42, 4.179, Pl.Phdr. 248c, Ph.1.393.

II [voice] Act., doing no harm: hence, kindly, propitious, οὖρον ἀπήμονά τε λιαρόν τε Od.7.266
, cf. 12.167; πόντος Hes.Op. 670
; ὕπνον ἀπήμονά τε λιαρόν τε Il.14.164
; μῦθος 13.748
; πομποί Od.8.566
; without hostile intent, A.Supp. 186; πλοῦς νεῶν ἀ. free from harm to them, E.IA 1575.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπήμων
15 ἐπίσταμαι

ἐπίστᾰμαι, 2 pers.

A - ασαι A.Pr. 376
, 982, S.El. 629, Pl.Euthd. 296a, but ἐπίστᾳ Pi.P.3.80
, A.Eu.86, 581, ἐπίστῃ Thgn.1085
, PCair.Zen. 41.19 (iii B.C.), [dialect] Ion. ἐπίστεαι ἐξ-) Hdt.7.135; imper. ἐπίστασο ib. 29, 209, A.Pr. 840, 967, PCair.Zen.57.4 (iii B.C.), etc., but ἐπίσταο v.l. in Hdt.7.209, [var] contr. ἐπίστω S.OT 658
, etc.; subj. [dialect] Ion. ἐπιστέωμαι Hdt.3.134, [dialect] Att. ἐπίστωμαι Pl.Euthd. 296a
: [tense] impf. ἠπιστάμην A.Pr. 267
, etc.; without augm. ἐπίστατο Il.5.60
: Hdt. has ἐπ- 5.42
(v.l. ἠπ-), ἠπ- 3.139
; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. ἠπιστέατο or ἐπιστέατο 8.132
: [tense] fut. ἐπιστήσομαι Il.21.320
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἠπιστήθην Hdt.3.15
, Pl.Lg. 687a.

I. know how to do, be able to do, capable of doing, c.inf., οὐδέ οἱ ὀστέ' ἐπιστήσονται Ἀχαιοὶ ἀλλέξαι Il.21.320
, cf. Od.13.207, Sapph.70, etc.: Hom. has it both of intellectual power, ὅς τις ἐπίσταιτο ᾗσι φρεσὶν ἄρτια βάζειν Il.14.92
; ἐπιστάμεναι σάφα θυμῷ Od.4.730
; and of artistic skill, ὃς χερσὶν ἐπίστατο δαίδαλα πάντα τεύχειν Il.5.60
: freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att., οὔπω σωφρονεῖν ἐπίστασαι A.Pr. 982
, cf. 1032, S.OT 589; πένεσθαι δ' οὐκ ἐ. δόμος A.Ag. 962
; ἐ... θεοὺς σέβειν E.Hipp. 996
, cf. Alc. 566; κιθαρίζειν οὐκ ἐ. Ar.V. 989, cf. Pl.Smp. 223d, R. 420e, al.: without inf., σῷζ ὅπως ἐπίστασαι as best you can, A.Pr. 376, cf. Eu. 581.

2. to be assured, feel sure that.., τοῦτον ἐπίστανται πλεῖστα εἰδέναι Heraclit.57
, cf. Hdt.3.134, 139, 6.139, al.: folld. by ὡς, Id.1.122.

II. c. acc., understand a matter, know, be versed in or acquainted with, πολλὰ δ' ἐπίστατο ἔργα Il.23.705
, cf. Od.2.117; Μουσέων δῶρον Archil.1
; τὴν τέχνην Hdt.3.130
; τὸ μέλλον A.Pers. 373
; ἐμπειρίᾳ ἐ. τὴν ναυτικήν Th.4.10
; τὰς φύσεις ὑμῶν Id.7.14
; πάσας τὰς δημιουργίας Pl.R. 598c
; ἔγωγε γράμματ' οὐδ' ἐ. Cratin.122; τὸ μὴ ἐ. γράμματα illiteracy, PRyl.73.19 (i B.C.), etc.; ἐ. ἱερατικὰ καὶ Αἰγύπτια γράμματα PTeb. 291.41
(ii A.D.); ἐ. μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου know them by heart, Pl.Phd. 61b, cf. Grg. 484b: also with an Adv., Συριστὶ ἐ. know Syrian, X.Cyr.7.5.31; with acc. and inf. conjoined, A.Eu. 276; with inf. to expl. the acc., ἔργον δὲ μοῦνον ἐσθίειν ἐ. Semon.7.24, cf. Archil.65.

2. after Hom., know as a fact, know for certain, ἐπισταμένοισι εὖ οὐκ ἄν τις λέγοι Hdt.7.8
.ά, etc.; used convertibly with εἰδέναι, Pl.Tht. 163b, Arist.APr. 66b31, Ph. 184a10; even χάριν ἐ., = χάριν εἰδέναι, Jul.Or.8.246c(but sts. εἰδέναι is general, ἐπίστασθαι being confined to scientific knowledge ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) , διὰ τὸ εἰδέναι τὸ ἐπίστασθαι ἐδίωκον Arist.Metaph. 982b21
): freq.strengthd., εὖ ἐ. Hdt.l.c.; σαφῶς ἐ. A.Pr. 840, etc.: most freq. c. acc., τὰ διαφέροντα ἐ. And.4.19, etc.; also ἐ. περί τινος Hdt.2.3
, Th.6.60; περὶ θεῶν E.Fr.795.4
: folld. by a dependent clause, τί σφιν χρήσηται ἐ. Thgn. 772; ἐ. ὅτι.. , or ἐ. τοῦτο, ὅτι.. , Hdt.1.3, 156, etc.; ὡς.. A.Pers. 599
; τοῦτ' ἐπίστασ', ὡς S.Aj. 1370
; ἐ. αὐτὸν οἷς ψωμίζεται Ar.Eq. 715
, etc.

3. rarely, know a person, Ἀρίγνωτον γὰρ οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐκ ἐ. Ar.Eq. 1278, cf. Muson.Fr.3p.12H., Luc.Asin.1; τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐ. Act.Ap.19.15; but ὁ παῖς τοὺς τεκόντας οὐκ ἐ. does not know who they are, E. Ion51.

III. c. part., in Prose and Trag., know that one is, has, etc., εὖ ἐ. αὐτὸς σχήσων Hdt.5.42
; ἐσθλὸς ὢν ἐπίστασο S.Aj. 1399
, cf. Th.2.44; also ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐ. σε χρή S.Aj. 281
; ὡς φανέν γε τοὔπος ὧδ' ἐ. Id.OT 848: c. dupl. acc., ἑαυτοὺς Φαυστύλου ἠπιστάμεθα παῖδας (sc. ὄντας) Plu.Rom.7: c.acc. et inf., S.Ant. 1092, Lys.Fr.53.1.

IV. [tense] pres.part. ἐπιστάμενος, η, ον, freq. as Adj., knowing, understanding, skilful, ἀνδρὸς ἐ. Od.14.359; χαλεπὸν ἐ. περ ἐόντι Il.19.80
; καὶ μάλ' ἐ. Od.13.313; even of a dancer's feet, θρέξασκον ἐπισταμένοισι πόδεσσι Il.18.599
: also c.gen., φόρμιγγος ἐ. καὶ ἀοιδῆς skilled, versed in them, Od.21.406: and c. dat., ἄκοντι Il.15.282
: hence,

2. Adv. ἐπιστᾰμένως skilfully, expertly, 7.317, Hes.Th.87, etc.; εὖ καὶ ἐ. Il.10.265, Od.20.161, Hes.Op. 107; ἐ. πίνειν Thgn.212
; also in Prose, X.Cyr.1.1.3, A.D.Adv.146.7, Vett. Val.298.2: c.inf., with knowledge how to.., Epicur.Nat.14.4. (Since ἐφίστημι τὸν νοῦν is used in the sense of ἐπίσταμαι, attend, observe, it is prob. that ἐπίσταμαι is merely an old med. form of ἐφίστημι, cf. Arist. Ph. 247b11 τῷ γὰρ ἠρεμῆσαι καὶ στῆναι τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπίστασθαι.. λέγομεν, and v. ἐπίστασις 11.2.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπίσταμαι
16 ὑπέρ

ὑπέρ [ῠ], [dialect] Ep. also [full] ὑπείρ, used by Hom. (metri gr.) only in the phrase ὑπεὶρ ἅλα (v. ὑπείρ); Arc. [full] ὁπέρ (q. v.): in [dialect] Aeol. replaced by περί (v.

A περί A.
V): Prep. governing gen. and acc., in Arc. also dat. (Cf. Skt. upaári 'above', Goth. ufar, OE. ofer 'over':—from it are formed the [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. ὑπέρτερος, -τατος, also Adv. ὕπερθεν, and Nouns ὑπέρα, ὕπερος.)

A WITH GENIT.,

I of Place, over;

1 in a state of rest, over, above, freq. in Hom., βάλε.. στέρνον ὑ. μαζοῖο Il.4.528
; χιτωνίσκους ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑ. γονάτων not reaching to the knees, X.An.5.4.13; ἕστηκε.. ὅσον τ' ὄργυι' ὑ. αἴης Il.23.327
; εἴθ' ὑ. γῆς, εἴτ' ἐπὶ γῆς, εἴθ' ὑπὸ γῆς Thphr.Ign.1
; στῆ δ' ἄρ' ὑ. κεφαλῆς stood over his head as he lay asleep, Il.2.20, Od.4.803, al.; πασάων ὕ. ἥ γε κάρη ἔχει 6.107
; ὑ. πόλιος, ὅθι Ἕρμαιος λόφος ἐστίν, ἦα 16.471
; ὑ. κεφαλῆς οἱ ἐγίνετο διεξελαύνοντι over head, i. e. over the gateway, Hdt.1.187; ὑ. τῆς ὀροφῆς IG12.373.246
; ὑ. τοῦ ἀγάλματος ib.264; ὄρος τὸ ὑ. Τεγέης Hdt.6.105
; τὰ ὑ. κεφαλῆς the higher ground, X.Ages.2.20; Ἰονίας ὑ. ἁλὸς οἰκέων on the Ionian sea, i.e. on its shores, Pi.N.7.65; λιμὴν καὶ πόλις ὑ. αὐτοῦ κεῖται Th.1.46
, cf. 6.4, D.C.40.14: of relative geographical position, above, farther inland, οἰκέοντες ὑ. Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ μεσόγαιαν Hdt.1.175
; ἐξ Αἰθιοπίας τῆς ὑ. Αἰγύπτου Th.2.48
; τοῖς ὑ. Χερρονήσου Θρᾳξίν X.An.2.6.2
; ὑ. Μασσαλίας Plb.2.14.8
, cf. 5.73.3, al.: in Hellenistic Gr. the acc. is commoner in this sense, v. infr. B. I.

b of ships at sea, off a place, Th.1.112, 8.95; ναυμαχίην τὴν ὑ. Μιλήτου γενομένην Hdt.6.25
; ὑ. τούτου (sc. Φαλήρου) ἀνακωχεύσαντες τὰς νέας ib. 116.

2 in a state of motion, over, across, κῦμα νηὸς ὑ. τοίχων καταβήσεται Il.15.382
; τὸν δ' ὑ. οὐδοῦ βάντα προσηύδα Od.17.575
; πηδῶντος.. τάφρων ὕ. S.Aj. 1279
; ὑ. θαλάσσης καὶ χθονὸς ποτωμένοις A.Ag. 576
; ἐκκυβιστᾶν ὑ. [ τῶν ξιφῶν] X.Smp.2.11.

3 over, beyond, ἐν Κρήτῃ εὐρείῃ τηλοῦ ὑ. πόντου Od.13.257
.

II metaph., in defence of, on behalf of, τεῖχος ἐτειχίσσαντο νεῶν ὕ. Il.7.449
; ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ὑ. Δαναῶν 1.444
: generally, for the prosperity or safety of, τὰ ἱερὰ ὑ. τῆς Εὐβοίας θῦσαι IG12.39.65
, cf. 45.5; ἱερὰ θυόμενα ὑ. τῆς πόλεως X.Mem.2.2.13
; ἐπιτελεῖν τὰς θυσίας ὑ. τε ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν τέκνων UPZ14.27
(ii B.C.); in dedications (always with reference to living persons), Σμικύθη μ' ἀνέθηκεν.. εὐξαμένη.. ὑ. παίδων καὶ ἑαυτῆς IG12.524
, cf. 22.4403, 42(1).569 (Epid.); Ἀρτέμιδι Σωτείρᾳ ὑ. βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου Ἐπικράτης Ἀθηναῖος OGI18
(Egypt, iii B. C.), cf. 365 (Amasia, ii B. C.), al.; ὑ. τῆς εἰς αἰῶνα διαμονῆς Ἀντωνείνου Καίσαρος ib.702.3 (Egypt, ii A.D.); ὑ. τῆς τύχης.. Ἀντωνείνου Σεβαστοῦ Εὐσεβοῦς ib.703.2 (Ptolemais, ii A.D.); ὑ. σωτηρίας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.. Ἀντωνείνου ib.706 (Egypt, ii/iii A. D.); εὑδόντων ὕ. φρούρημα A.Eu. 705
; ὑ. τινὸς κινδυνεύειν, μάχεσθαι, βοηθεῖν, Th.2.20, Pl.Lg. 642c, X.An.3.5.6; ἧς ἔθνῃσχ' ὕ. S.Tr. 708
; ὑ. γῆς τῆς Ἀθηναίων ναυμαχέειν Hdt.8.70
; ὑ. τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀμῦναι Pl.Lg. 692d
; ἀμυνῶ ὑ. ἱερῶν καὶ ὁσίων Jusj. ap. Poll.8.105; νῦν ὑ. πάντων ἀγών A.Pers. 405
; ὑ. δόξης τελευτήσαντες D.23.210
, cf. Isoc.6.93; πάνθ' ὑ. ὑμῶν φανήσεται πράξας Χαβρίας, καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ βίου πεποιημένος οὐχ ὑ. ἄλλου τινός in your interests, D.20.80, cf. 83; ὑ. τῆς Ἀσίας στρατηγήσας Isoc.4.154
; of things sought, ὑ. τοῦ νεκροῦ ὠθισμὸς ἐγένετο πολύς Hdt.7.225
; ἀφίκετο ὑ. γενεᾶς, ὑ. φωνᾶς, ὑ. τοῦ θησαυροῦ, IG42 (1).121.10,42, 123.11 (Epid., iv B.C.); γίνωσκέ με πεπορεῦσθαι εἰς Ἡρακλέους πόλιν ὑ. τῆς οἰκίας UPZ68.3
(ii B. C.); sts. even of the thing to be averted, ἱκέσιον λόχον δουλοσύνας ὕ. about slavery, A.Th. 111 (lyr.), cf. Aeschin.3.10.

2 for, instead of, in the name of, ὑ. ἑαυτοῦ τι προϊδεῖν on his own behalf, Th.1.141; ὑ. τινὸς ἀποκρίνεσθαι Pl.R. 590a
; προλέγειν X.An.7.7.3
; ἐπεὶ οὖν σὺ σιωπᾷς, ἐγὼ λέξω καὶ ὑ. σοῦ καὶ ὑ. ἡμῶν Id.Cyr.3.3.14
, cf. S.El. 554; ὑ. Ζήνωνος πράσσων as Zeno's representative, PSI4.389.8 (iii B. C.); ἔγραψεν ὑ. αὐτῶν διὰ τὸ φάσκειν αὐτοὺς μὴ εἰδέναι γράμματα PGrenf.2.17.9
(ii B. C.); θεάσασθε ὃν τρόπον ὑμεῖς ἐστρατηγηκότες πάντ' ἔσεσθ' ὑ. Φιλίππου as though by commission from P., D.3.6; so in other dialects c. acc., v. infr. B. v.

3 in adjurations, with verbs of entreaty, entreat one as representative of another, τῶν ὕ. ἐνθάδ' ἐγὼ γουνάζομαι οὐ παρεόντων, i. e. I entreat you as they would if they were here, Il.15.665, cf. 660; then more metaph., by, λίσσομ' ὑ. ψυχῆς ( as you value your life) καὶ γούνων σῶν τε τοκήων 22.338
, cf. 24.466; λίσσομ' ὑ. θυέων καὶ δαίμονος.. σῆς τ' αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς καὶ ἑταίρων Od.15.261
; λίσσου' ὑ. μακάρων σέο τ' αὐτῆς ἠδὲ τοκήων A.R.3.701
; ὑ. ξενίου λίσσεται ὔμμε Διός in the name of Zeus, AP7.499.2 (Theaet.); so [dialect] Aeol. περ (v. περί A.
V).

4 of the cause or motive, for, because of, by reason of, ἀλγέων ὕ. E.Supp. 1125
(lyr.); ὑ. παθέων Id.Hipp. 159
(lyr.); ἔριδος ὕ. Id.Andr. 490
(lyr.); of punishment or reward, for, on account of, τοῖσιν ἄγουσιν κλαύμαθ' ὑπάρξει βραδυτῆτος ὕ. S.Ant. 932
(anap.), cf. Isoc.11.39, Lys.3.43, 4.20, 13.41,42, X.An.1.3.4; ἀτῆθθαι ὑ. τῶ πατρὸς τὰ πατρώϊα the father's property shall pay the fine for the father, Leg.Gort.11.42; ἀποτεισάτω ὁ δεσπότης ὑ. τοῦ δούλου PHal. 1.198
(iii B. C.); τοῦτον (viz. a runaway slave) ὃς ἂν ἀναγάγῃ, λήψεται ὅσα καὶ ὑ. τοῦ προγεγραμμένου UPZ121.24
(ii B. C.);
τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑ. τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον
as a thank-offering for.., Sammelb.3926.12
(i B. C.); ὑ. ὧν ἐτιμήσαμεν αὐτοὺς ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς Isoc.9.57
; ἀποδοῦναι χάριν ὑ. ὧν.. ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εὐεργέτησεν Id.4.56
; of payment, ἡμιωβέλιον ὑ. ἑκάστου IG12.140.2
; μέτρησον Ποσειδωνίῳ ὑ. Ἡρακλείδου on account of H., i.e. debiting H.'s account, PFay.16 (i B. C.); μετρήσω ὑ. σοῦ εἰς τὸ δημόσιον for the credit of your account, PAmh.2.88.22 (ii A. D.); ὑ. λαογραφίας Ostr.Bodl. iii 80
(i A. D.); ὑ. λόγου ἀννώνης Ostr. 1479
(iii A. D.); ὑ. ὧν ἔμαθεν καταβαλεῖν μισθόν Jul.Or.3.126a
, cf. Ael.NA3.39.

5 ὑ. τοῦ μή c. inf., for the purpose of preventing or avoiding, ὑ. τοῦ μηδένα.. βιαίῳ θανάτῳ ἀποθνῄσκειν X.Hier.4.3
; ὑ. τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ προσταττόμενον Isoc.7.64
, cf. 12.80; τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπέμειναν.. ὑ. τοῦ μὴ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι D.18.204
: also without μή, for the sake of, ὑ. τοῦτοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτάττειν ἐθέλειν ἀποθνῄσκειν to be ready to die for the sake of.., Isoc.6.94; μὴ τοσαύτην ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν ὑ. τοῦ βλάψαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἡλίκην ὑ. τοῦ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς παθεῖν δεινόν Plb.3.94.9
, cf. 5.32.1, 5.86.8: this constr. is found also in signf. A. 111.

III concerning, ὑ. σέθεν αῐσχε' ἀκούω Il.6.524
; κᾶρυξ ἀνέειπέ νιν ἀγγέλλων Ἱέρωνος ὑ. καλλινίκου ἅρμασι Pi.P.1.32
; Σκύθαι μὲν ὧδε ὑ. σφέων τε αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς χώρης τῆς κατύπερθε λέγουσι Hdt.4.8
; τὰ λεγόμενα ὑ. ἑκάστων v.l. in Id.2.123; τοὺς ὑ. τοῦ αἰῶνος φόβους Epicur.Sent.20
; διαλεχθῆναι, ἀγορεύειν ὑ. τινός, Pl.Ap. 39e, Lg. 776e; περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων τοσαῦτά μοι εἰρήσθω, ὑ. ὧν δέ μοι προσήκει λέγειν .. Lys.24.4, cf. 21, 16.20; ὑ. οὗ.. ὁμολογῶ.. διαφέρεσθαι τούτοις D.18.31
; βουλευομένων ὑ. τοῦ ποίαν τινὰ [ εἰρήνην ποιητέον] Id.19.94; ἔγραψάς μοι ὑ. τῶν καμίνων PCair.Zen. 273.2
(iii B. C.); ἐνεκάλουν ὑ. σύκων PSI6.554.24
(iii B. C.); ἐπεδώκαμέν σοι ὑπόμνημα ὑ. τοῦ μὴ εἰληφέναι τὴν.. ὄλυραν UPZ46.4
(ii B. C.); συλλαλήσαντες ὑ. τοῦ τὴν πόλιν ἐνδοῦναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις Plb.1.43.1
; θροῦς ὑ. τοῦ τὸν Λυκοῦργον ἐκπέμπειν talk of sending L., Id.5.18.5, cf. 6; γνώμην ὑ. τῆς κοινῆς [ δόξης] Isoc.6.93; ὑ. τῶν τούτου λῃτουργιῶν.. ὡδὶ γιγνώσκω D.21.152
; ἐκ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὑ. τῶν ἀφανῶν πιστεύειν Jul.Or. 4.138b
; with vbs. expressing emotion, ποίας.. γυναικὸς ἐκφοβεῖσθ' ὕ.; S.OT 989
; εἰ τὰ παρὰ σοὶ καλῶς ἔχει, θάρρει ὑ. ἐκείνων X.Cyr.7.1.17
; οὐδεὶς ὑ. μου δαιμόνων μηνίεται κατασφαγείσης A.Eu. 101
(approaching sense 11.1).

B WITH ACCUS.,

I of Place in reference to motion, over, beyond, freq. in Hom., e.g. ὑ. ὦμον ἤλυθ' ἀκωκή Il.5.16
, cf. 851; ἀλάλησθε.. ὑπεἰρ ἅλα Od.3.73
, cf. 7.135, al., A.Eu. 250, S.Ant. 1145 (lyr.); ὑ. τὸν δρύφακτον ὑπερτιθέμενοι Plb.1.22.10
: without such reference, ὑ. Ἡρακλείας στήλας ἔξω κατοικοῦσι Pl.Criti. 108e
, cf. Jul.Or.1.6d; τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑ. τὸ ὑγρὸν ὑπερίσχον Plb.3.84.9
; τῶν ὑ. τὸ Σαρδῷον πέλαγος τόπων Id.2.14.6
; ὑ. Μασσαλίαν Id.2.16.1
; λόφον κείμενον ὑ. τὴν ὁδόν Id.2.27.5
, cf. 3.47.2, al.; τῶν συριῶν ὑ. τὴν σκηνὴν οὐσῶν PHib. 1.38.7
(iii B. C.); οὐλὴ.. ὑ. ὀφρὺν δεξιάν PCair.Zen.76.13
(iii B. C.); τὸ ὑ. τὸν ἔσχατον.. σπόνδυλον Sor.1.102
; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν Jul.Or. 4.135a
.

II of Measure, above, exceeding, beyond, ὑ. τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον Pi.O.1.28
; ὑ. τὸ βέλτιστον A.Ag. 378
(lyr.); ὑ. ἐλπίδα S.Ant. 366
(lyr.); ὑ. δύναμιν Th.6.16
; μεγέθει ὑ. τοὺς ἐν τῇ νηΐ Pl.R. 488b
; ὑ. ἄνθρωπον εἶναι Id.Lg. 839d
, Luc.Vit.Auct.2; ὑ. ἡμᾶς beyond our powers, Pl.Prm. 128b; ὑ. τὴν ἀξίαν E.HF 146
; ὑ. τὴν οὐσίαν Pl. R. 372b
; ὑ. τὸ ὕδωρ (cf. ὕδωρ 1.4
) Luc.Pr.Im.29.

b after [comp] Comp., than, δυνατώτεροι ὑ. .. LXX Jd.18.26: so after Posit., τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὑ. αὐτόν better than he, ib.3 Ki.2.32.

2 of transgression, in violation of, ὑ. αἶσαν, opp. κατ' αἶσαν, Il.3.59, al.; ὑ. Διὸς αἶσαν 17.321
; ὑ. μοῖραν 20.336
; ὑ. μόρον (or ὑπέρμορον) ib.30; ὑ. θεόν 17.327
; ὑ. ὅρκια 3.299
, al.

III of Number, above, upwards of, τὰ ὑ. δέκα μνᾶς [ ξυμβόλαια] IG12.41.23, cf. 22.48, al.; ὑ. τεσσεράκοντα ἄνδρας Hdt.5.64
; ὑ. τετταράκοντα (sc. ἔτη) X.HG5.4.13; ὑ. τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονόσι Id.Cyr.1.2.4
; ὑ. ἥμισυ more than half, ib.3.3.47.

IV of Time, beyond, i.e. before, earlier than, ὁ ὑ. τὰ Μηδικὰ πόλεμος Th.1.41
; ὑ. τὴν φθοράν Pl.Ti. 23c
.

V in some dialects, in sense A. 11.1,2, on behalf of, ὑ. τὰν πόλιν SIG437
(Delph., iii B. C.), al., cf. IG42(1).109iv113 (Epid., iii B. C.), 5(2).438-40,442 (Megalop., ii B. C.), 42(1).380,665 (Epid., i A. D.), IPE4.71.10 (Cherson., ii A. D.); in sense A. 111, concerning, ἐπικράνθη μοι ὑ. ὑμᾶς LXX Ru.1.13
.

C WITH DAT., only Arc., μαχόμενοι ὑ. τᾷ τᾶς πόλιος ἐλευθερίᾳ fighting for.., IG5(2).16 (Tegea, iii B. C.).

D POSITION: ὑπέρ may follow its Subst., but then by anastrophe becomes ὕπερ, Il.5.339, Od.19.450, al., S.OT 1444, etc.

E AS ADV., over-much, above measure, ὑπὲρ μὲν ἄγαν E.Med. 627
(lyr.); also written ὑπεράγαν, Str.3.2.9, Ael.NA3.38, etc.; cf. ὑπέρφευ: as a predicate, διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσι; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ I am more [ than they], 2 Ep.Cor.11.23.

F IN COMPOS. ὑπέρ signifies over, above, in all relations, e. g.,

1 of Place, over, beyond, as in ὑπεράνω, ὑπέργειος, ὑπερβαίνω, ὑπερπόντιος.

2 of doing a thing for or in defence of, as in ὑπερμαχέω, ὑπερασπίζω, ὑπεραλγέω.

3 above measure, as in ὑπερήφανος, ὑπερφίαλος.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπέρ
17 ἀρέσκω

ἀρέσκω impf. ἤρεσκον; fut. ἀρέσω; 1 aor. ἤρεσα. Mid. impf. ἠρέσκετο (Tat. 2, 1) (s. ἀρεσκεία; Hom.+). In Gk. lit. ἀ. is used in a variety of senses ranging from conciliatory action (s. Od. 22, 55, of satisfaction pledged to Odysseus) to undertaking of civic responsibility that meets with public approval (s. 2 below). Most oft. w. dat. of pers.

① to act in a fawning manner, win favor, please, flatter, w. focus on the winning of approval (Aristot., EN 2, 7, 13; 4, 6, 1; Theophr., Char. 5 [e.g. in a dispute the flatterer endeavors to please friend and foe alike; and he will tell foreigners that they speak with greater sense of justice than do his fellow citizens]. That the original sense of basic civility in human relations [s. 2a below] suffered debasement is affirmed by Anaxandrides Com., cited Athen. 6, 255b: τὸ γαρ κολακεύειν νῦν ἀρέσκειν ὄνομʼ ἔχει ‘flattery’ is now called ‘being accommodating’; s. ἀνθρωπαρεσκέω, ἀνθρωπάρεσκος) ἀνθρώποις (Pla., Ep. 4, 321b; Simplicius in Epict. p. 118, 30 ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις βουλόμενος) Gal 1:10ab (conative impf.); 1 Th 2:4 here in both a neg. and a positive sense: ‘flattering’ humans, but ‘pleasing’ God (in the sense of 2 below), who tests (δοκιμάζω) for motivation.

② to give pleasure/satisfaction, please, accommodate.

ⓐ a favored term in the reciprocity-conscious Mediterranean world, and frequently used in honorary documents to express interest in accommodating others by meeting their needs or carrying out important obligations. Oft. almost serve Nägeli 40. The use of the term in a good sense in our lit. contributes a tone of special worth and diginity to some of the relationships that are depicted. τινί someone τῷ πλησίον Ro 15:2 (w. τὸ ἀγαθόν and οἰκοδομή as decisive semantic components); cp. Hs 5, 2, 7 a servant doing good work. Lord/God ἀ. τ. κυρίῳ 1 Cor 7:32; 1 Th 4:1; inability to do so Ro 8:8; cp. 1 Th 2:15; rather than humans 1 Th 2:4 (s. 1 above); IRo 2:1 (note the semantic problem cited 1 above). God/Lord as commander (military imagery) IPol 6:2; cp. 2 Ti 2:4.—Concern for a broad public is a common theme in honorary documents (e.g. OGI 339, 29f; s. Danker, Benefactor 336f) and other lit. (cp. Demosth., Ep. 3, 27 πᾶσιν ἀ.; Ath. 26:1 τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀρέσκοντες θεοί) πάντα πᾶσιν ἀ. in everything I endeavor to please all, i.e. without deference to one at the expense of another, 1 Cor 10:33 (w. σύμφορον, q.v., along w. συμφέρω, for cultural significance); sim. κατὰ πάντα τρόπον πᾶσιν ἀ. ITr 2:3. (Cp. the negative appraisal 1 Th 2:15.)—Sacrifice of self-interest is a major component of the foregoing theme, hence the caution μὴ ἑαυτῷ ἀ. Ro 15:1, and the exhibition of Jesus as role model vs. 3; cp. 2 Cl 13:1 (w. ἀνθρωπάρεσκος s. 1 above); Hs 9, 22, 1; in a marriage relationship, wife or husband ἀ. τ. γυναικί 1 Cor 7:33; ἀ. τ. ἄνδρι vs. 34.

ⓑ of pleasure (without any suggestion of mere amusement) as a condition generated by an action (cp. POxy 1153, 25 ἐὰν αὐτῷ ἀρέσκῃ; PGiss 20, 15). A fine line cannot always be drawn between a focus on endeavor to please and focus on the impact of pleasure produced by the activity. Some of the pass. cited in 2a may equally belong here and some of those included here could be cited above. But the gener. sense in those that follow is satisfaction produced by the behavior of another please God ἀ. θεῷ (Theopomp. [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 344 Jac. τ. θεοῖς ἀ. here the concern is to meet divine expectations; Num 23:27; Ps 68:32; Mal 3:4; Jos., Ant. 6, 164; 13, 289) Ro 8:8; 1 Th 2:15; cp. Hs 5, 2, 7; ἀ. τ. κυρίῳ 1 Cor 7:32 (on these four last pass. s. also a above); 1 Cl 52, 2 (Ps 68, 32); wife/husband 1 Cor 7:33f (s. a above); 2 Ti 2:4; Herod Mt 14:6; Mk 6:22. W. focus on someth. that provides pleasure (Ael. Aristid. 46, 380 D.: θεοῖς ἀρέσκοντα) Hv 1, 4, 2; Hs 5, 6, 6. ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον (for בְּעֵינֵי or לִפְנֵי) τοῦ πλήθους (= τῷ πλήθει) the saying pleased the whole group (cp. 2 Ch 30:4; 1 Macc 6:60; 8:21; Jos., Vi. 238) Ac 6:5 (B-D-F §4, p. 4, 5; 187, 2; 214, 6).—Salome, daughter of Herodias, pleases Herod and his company, and in keeping w. Mediterranean reciprocity system receives her award, in this instance a grisly one Mt 14:6; Mk 6:22.—Implied, i.e. impers. (Philo, Aet. M. 87; Jos., Ant. 14, 205; 207) ἀρέσκει μοι it pleases me (=mihi placet) w. inf. foll. (Hdt. 8, 19; Josh 24:15; 1 Macc 14:23; 15:19; Jos., Ant. 14, 352) Hm 6, 1, 5.—B. 1099. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀρέσκω
18 ἔξεστιν

ἔξεστιν impers. verb, 3 sg. of the unused ἔξειμι; fut. ἐξέσται LXX (Eur., Hdt. et al.; LXX; ParJer 5:20; Just., A I, 66, 1; Ath.)

① to be authorized for the doing of someth., it is right, is authorized, is permitted, is proper.

ⓐ w. pres. inf. foll. (Lucian, Jud. 3; Esth 8:12g; 4 Macc 1:12; Ath. 32, 2 al.). Mt 12:2, 12; 14:4. W. aor. inf. foll. (X., An. 4, 3, 10; Ath. 6:3 al.) Mt 12:10; 15:26 D; 19:3; 22:17; 27:6; Mk 3:4 (ἔξεστιν … ἤ); 12:14; Lk 6:9; 14:3. Without inf., which is easily supplied fr. the context (cp. PRyl 77, 43 τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἐξῆν; Ath. 16, 3) Mk 2:24; Lk 6:2; Ac 8:36 [37] v.l.; 1 Cor 10:23.

ⓑ foll. by dat. of pers. and pres. inf. (X., Hiero 1, 26; BGU 1127, 20 [18 B.C.]; PSI 203, 7; Jos., Ant. 13, 252) Mk 6:18; Ac 16:21; 22:25; GJs 2:2. Foll. by dat. of pers. and aor. inf. (2 Esdr 4:14; 1 Macc 14:44) Mt 20:15; Mk 10:2; J 5:10; 18:31 (JAllen, Why Pilate?: CMoule Festschr., ’70, 78–83; on the legal issues s. also SSafrai, CRINT I/1, 397–400); Ac 21:37; GJs 1:2; 2:2.—Foll. by dat. of pers. without the necessity of supplying an inf. (PRyl 62, 16 πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἔξεστί μοι) 1 Cor 6:12.

ⓒ foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Pol., 290d al.) Mk 2:26; Lk 6:4 (s. B-D-F §409, 3; Rob. 1084f); 20:22.

ⓓ the ptc. of ἐ. is ἐξόν; by the addition of the copula, which must oft. be understood (as Isaeus 6, 50; Jos., Ant. 8, 404), it comes to mean the same as ἔξεστιν: w. pres. inf. foll. ISm 8:2; foll. by dat. of pers. and aor. inf. 2 Cor 12:4; PEg² 48 (cp. Just., A I, 66, 1). ἐ. ἦν w. dat., and aor. inf. (Esth 4:2; Jos., Ant. 20, 202) Mt 12:4. W. dat., and inf. to be supplied μὴ εἶναι ἐ. αὖτῷ he had no authority MPol 12:2.

② to be within the range of possibility, it is possible the ptc. of ἐ. (s. above) w. aor. inf. foll. Ac 2:29—B. 647. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔξεστιν
19 ὁράω

ὁράω (Hom.+) impf. 3 pl. ἑώρων (J 6:2 v.l. for ἐθεώρουν); pf. ἑώρακα and ἑόρακα (s. B-D-F §68), 3 pl. ἑώρακαν beside ἑόρακαν and ἑωράκασιν (Mlt-H. 221); plpf. ἑωράκειν Hv 2, 1, 3; fut. ὄψομαι, 2 sg. ὄψῃ (W-S. §13, 18). Pass.: 1 fut. ὀφθήσομαι; 1 aor. ὤφθην, by-form ὡράθην Ezk 12:12; 21:29; Da 1:15 Theod.; pf. 3 sing. ὦπται Ex 4:1, 5; Hv 3, 1, 2, inf. ὦφθαι or ἑωρᾶσθαι (Just.); plpf. 3 sg. ὦπτο. (Just.). In Byz. times there was an aor. mid. ὠψάμην (Lob. on Phryn. p. 734). There is a subjunctive form corresponding to this in one place in the NT, though not without a v.l.; it is ὄψησθε (v.l. ὄψεσθε) Lk 13:28. The functions of the aor. active are taken over by εἶδον and the forms belonging to it (s. εἶδον). βλέπω is, for the most part, used for the pres. and impf. On the use of ὁράω and βλέπω s. Reinhold p. 95ff.

A. trans.

① to perceive by the eye, catch sight of, notice

ⓐ w. acc. of pers. Mt 28:7, 10; Mk 16:7; Lk 16:23; J 8:57; 9:37; 14:9; 16:16f, 19, 22; 20:18 (PPerkins, Int 46, ’92, 31–41), 25, 29; 1J 4:20a; Rv 1:7; AcPl Ha 6, 17; Κλαύδ̣ιε ὅ̣[ρα Παῦλον] 8, 1. θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε (s. PGM 5, 101f of Osiris ὸ̔ν οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε) J 1:18; cp. 6:46ab; 1J 4:20b (on seeing God and its impossibility for mortals s. WGrafBaudissin, ‘Gott schauen’ in d. atl. Rel.: ARW 18, 1915, 173–239; RBultmann, ZNW 29, 1930, 169–92; EFascher: Marb. Theol. Studien ’31, 1, 41–77).—Also of the perception of personal beings that become visible in a transcendent manner (UPZ 78, 8 [159 B.C.] of a dream in the Sarapeum ὁρῶ τ. διδύμας; 69, 6; Just., D. 115, 3), of the vision of Christ that Paul had 1 Cor 9:1. The acc. is to be supplied fr. the context Hb 11:27; 1 Pt 1:8. W. acc. of the ptc. (B-D-F §416, 1; Rob. 1123.—UPZ 69, 6 [152 B.C.] ὁρῶ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ τὸν Μενέδημον ἀντικείμενον ἡμῖν; Ex 2:11, 13; TestJob 26, 6; ParJer 9:20; GrBar 1:3; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 38; Just., A I, 10, 1 al.) ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27. ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον Mk 14:62 (NPerrin, The End-product of the Christian Pesher Trad., NTS 12, ’66, 150–55).

ⓑ w. acc. of thing ὀπτασίαν ὁρ. see a vision (s. ὀπτασία 1.—SIG 1169, 6; UPZ 68, 6 [152 B.C.] ἐνύπνια ὁρῶ πονηρά) Lk 1:22; 24:23. ὁράσεις Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1). ταῦτα Lk 23:49. πάντα J 4:45. σημεῖα 6:2 v.l. (for ἐθεώρουν). S. also Hv 3, 2, 4. W. acc. of the ptc. (SIG 685, 75; 1169, 15; Ex 33:10; TestJob 37:8; Just., A I, 53, 9 al.) τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα J 1:51.—Hv 3, 8, 9. W. attraction of the relative ὧν=τούτων ἅ Lk 9:36; Ac 22:15. The attraction may be due to colloq. breviloquence in μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδές με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι a witness to the things in which you saw me and to those in which I shall appear to you Ac 26:16b (difft. MDibelius, Aufsätze zur Apostelgeschichte, ed. HGreeven ’51, 83). Of God τ. πάντα ὁρᾷ PtK 2 p. 13, 24 (Ar. 4, 1; cp. 13, 8).—ὁρ. is a favorite word w. J, when he speaks of that which the preëxistent Son saw when he was with the Father (JSchneider, D. Christusschau des Joh.-ev. ’35; difft. LBrun, D. Gottesschau des joh. Christus: SymbOsl 5, 1927, 1–22) ὸ̔ ἑώρακεν J 3:32; cp. vs. 11. ἃ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ πατρί 8:38 (since this deals w. witness and speaking, the ‘perceiving’ could be thought of as ‘hearing’; what is heard is interpreted as an event. Cp. Diod S 13, 28, 5 ὁρᾷς;=do you hear [the outcry]?; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 165 ὁρῶ οἷα λέγεις; Polyaenus 7, 14, 2; Ex 20:18 λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνήν, 22; Dt 4:9; also Philo, Migr. Abr. 47; SibOr 8, 125 βρυγμὸν ὁρ.). Of that which the apostolic witnesses saw of Christ 1J 1:1–3. Abs. ὁ ἑωρακώς the eye-witness J 19:35.

ⓒ ὁρ. τὸ πρόσωπόν τινος as a periphrasis for see someone (cp. Gen 43:3, 5; 46:30) Ac 20:25; Col 2:1. ὁρ. το πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ (=רָאָה אֶת־פְּנֵי י״י) Rv 22:4 (πρόσωπον 1bα). ὁρ. τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ (=רָאָה אֶת־כְּבוֹד י״י) see the majesty of God (Is 66:18f; GkBar 6:12 al.) J 11:40. Simply ὁρ. τὸν θεόν see God Mt 5:8. ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1J 3:2 (Maximus Tyr. 11, 11a τὸ μὲν ὅλον ὄψει τ. θεὸν τότε, ἐπειδὰν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλῇ). ὁρ. τὸν κύριον Hb 12:14.—On ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων Col 2:18 s. ἐμβατεύω.

ⓓ pass. in act. sense become visible, appear (Ael. Aristid. 51, 22 K.=27 p. 539 D.: ὤφθη τοιάδε; LXX) abs. Rv 11:19; 12:1, 3. τινί to someone Ac 2:3. ὅραμα διὰ νυκτὸς τ. Παύλῳ ὤφθη a vision appeared to Paul at night 16:9 (Jos., Ant. 2, 70 τὰ διὰ νυκτὸς ὀφθέντα).—Of pers. who appear in a natural way (Appian, Syr. 21 §96 ὤφθησαν=they made an appearance, Bell. Civ. 2, 130 §542; UPZ 145, 5 [164 B.C.]; 3 Km 3:16 ὤφθησαν δύο γυναῖκες τῷ βασιλεῖ) (Μωϋσῆς) ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ac 7:26. Mostly of beings that make their appearance in a transcendent manner, almost always w. dat. of the pers. to whom they appear: God (Gen 12:7; 17:1 [cp. 1QapGen 22:27 God appears to Abraham]; PGM 4, 3090 ἕως ὁ θεός σοι ὀφθῇ; ParJer 7:20; Just., D. 56, 4 al.) Ac 7:2. Angels (Ex 3:2; Judg 6:12) Lk 1:11; 22:43 (LBrun, ZNW 32, ’33, 265–76); Ac 7:30, 35. Moses and Elijah Mt 17:3; Mk 9:4; Lk 9:31 (without the dat. in this pass.: ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ). The risen Christ Lk 24:34; Ac 9:17; 13:31; 26:16a; 1 Cor 15:5–8 (cp. Ox 1 verso, 13; Unknown Sayings, 69–71); 1 Ti 3:16 (ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις: the triumphant Christ appears to the angelic powers); Hb 9:28 (Christ at his Second Coming).—οὐκ ἔτι σοι ὀφθήσεται it will be seen by you no longer (of evil desire) Hm 12, 2, 4 (Antig. Car. 11 ὁρᾶται=there is; Aristot. in Apollon. Paradox. 39 ὄφις ὤφθη=there was a snake).

② to see someone in the course of making a friendly call, visit (1 Km 20:29; JosAs 22:3) ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς Hb 13:23.

③ to experience a condition or event, experience, witness (cp. POxy 120, 4f τινὰ ὁρῶντα αἱαυτὸν [= ἑαυτὸν] ἐν δυστυχίᾳ; JosAs 6:5 τί … ἐγὼ ὄψομαι ἡ ταλαίπωρο; s. also Just., D. 61, 2) Lk 17:22 (s. εἶδον 4). ζωήν J 3:36 (cp. Lycophron 1019 βίον; Ps 88:49 θάνατον). μείζω τούτων 1:50. ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5).

④ to be mentally or spiritually perceptive, perceive (Polystrat. p. 5 ὁρ. τῷ λογισμῷ; Simplicius, In Epict. p. 110, 47 Düb. τὸ ἀληθές), fig. ext. of 1:

ⓐ sensory aspect felt: w. acc. of the ptc. (Diod S 2, 16, 5; 4, 40, 2; Appian, Syr. 14 §55, Bell. Civ. 2, 14 §50; PHib 44, 4 [253 B.C.] ὁρῶντες δέ σε καταραθυμοῦντα; 4 Macc 4:24; 9:30; Jos., Vi. 373 ὄντα με ὁρ.; Just., A I, 43, 5; Ath. 2, 3) notice, perceive, understand εἰς χολὴν πικρίας … ὁρῶ σε ὄντα I perceive that you have fallen into the gall of bitterness (i.e. bitter jealousy) Ac 8:23. οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα we do not yet see everything subjected to him Hb 2:8. W. acc. and inf. foll. Dg 1. W. ὅτι foll. (M. Ant. 9, 27, 2; Philo, Migr. Abr. 46; Just., D. 23, 3 al.) Js 2:24; 1 Cl 12:8; 23:4; 44:6. W. indir. quest foll. 1 Cl 16:17; 41:4; 50:1; 15:8; Dg 7:8. W. direct discourse foll. ὁρᾶτε 1 Cl 4:7.

ⓑ w. focus on cognitive aspect: look at or upon ὄψονται οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ they who have never been told of (Christ) shall look upon him Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15).— Consider ὅρα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῆς πονηρίας τὰ ἔργα Hm 6, 2, 4.— Become conscious of ὁ κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἐώρακεν τ. θεόν 3J 11. Cp. 1J 3:6.

B. intr.

① to fix one’s gaze, look εἴς τινα on or at someone (Il. 24, 633; Od. 20, 373; Just., D. 112, 1) J 19:37 (s. ἐκκεντέω). ἄνω ὁρᾶν Dg 10:2 (cp. Cicero, De Natura Deorum 2, 140; Ovid, Matamorphoses 1, 85; other reff. EBlakeney, The Epistle to Diognetus ’43, 77f).

② to be alert or on guard, pay attention, see to it that foll. by μή and the aor. subj. (Diod S 27, 17, 3 ὁρᾶτε μήποτε ποιήσωμεν; Epict., Ench. 19, 2; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 8, 2; BGU 37, 5 [50 A.D.]; POxy 532, 15 ὅρα μὴ ἄλλως πράξῃς; 531, 9 ὅρα μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων προσκρούσῃς.—B-D-F §364, 3) Mt 8:4; 18:10; Mk 1:44; 1 Th 5:15; 1 Cl 21:1; D 6:1.—W. μή and impv. (B-D-F §461, 1; Rob. 996) Mt 9:30; 24:6.—Elliptically (B-D-F §480, 5; Rob. 949) ὅρα μή (sc. ποιήσῃς) watch out! don’t do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9.—Used w. ἀπό τινος look out for someth. (B-D-F §149; Rob. 472) ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων look out (for) and be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees Mt 16:6. ὁράτε, βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρ. Mk 8:15. ὁράτε καὶ φυλάσσεσθε ἀπὸ πάσης πλεονεξίας Lk 12:15.

③ to accept responsibility for causing someth. to happen, look, see to, take care σὺ ὄψῃ see to that yourself! that’s your affair! Mt 27:4 (Men., Epitr. 493 S. [317 Kö.]; cp. the response of Titus and declaration of innocence at the time of Jerusalem’s destruction Jos., Bell. 6, 215); cp. vs. 24; Ac 18:15 (on this Latinism = videris s. DHesseling in B-D-F §362; Rob. 109f). Impv. followed by imperatival fut. ὅρα ποιήσεις πάντα see to it that you do everything Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; cp. 4:21). Foll. by indir. quest. (Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 121 D.: ὅρα τί ποιεῖς) ὅρα τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν take care what you are doing Ac 22:26 v.l.—B. 1042. Schmidt, Syn. I 244–70. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁράω
20 αἱρέω

αἱρέω, [tense] impf.

A ᾕρεον Il.24.579
, [dialect] Ion. αἵρεον Hdt.6.31
, but [var] contr. ᾕρει even in Il.17.463, ᾕρευν Hes.Sc. 302
: [tense] fut. αἱρήσω Il.9.28
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ᾕρησα late ([etym.] ἀν-) Q.S.4.40, etc.: [tense] pf. ᾕρηκα A.Ag. 267
, Th.1.61, etc., [dialect] Ion. ἀραίρηκα or αἵρηκα ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.5.102: [tense] plpf. ἀραιρήκεε 3.39
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. αἱρήσομαι Il.10.235
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ᾑρησάμην Plb.38.13.7
s. v.l., Gal.19.53, etc.: [tense] pf. in med. sense ᾕρημαι Ar.Av. 1577
, X.An.5.6.12, D.2.15, etc.: [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. ᾕρηντο Th.1.62
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. αἱρεθήσομαι Hdt. 2.13
, Pl.Mx. 234b; rarely ᾑρήσομαι Id.Prt. 338c
: [tense] aor. ᾑρέθην and [tense] pf. ᾕρημαι D.20.146
, al.; [tense] pf. part. ἀραιρημένος Hdt.4.66
: plqf. ᾕρηντο X. An.3.2.1
, ἀραίρητο Hdt.1.191
, etc.—From [root ] ἑλ-: [tense] fut. ἑλῶ only late ([etym.] δι-) Test.Epict.6.18, ([etym.] ἀν-) D.H.11.18, ([etym.] καθ-) APl.4.334 (Antiphil.): [tense] aor.1 εἷλα ([etym.] ἀν-) Act.Ap.2.23, ([etym.] ἀν-) Epigr.Gr.314.24 ([place name] Smyrna): elsewh.[tense] aor.2 εἷλον Il.10.561
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἕλον 17.321
, [dialect] Ion. ἕλεσκε 24.752
:— [voice] Med., [tense] fut. ἑλοῦμαι D.H.4.75
, ([etym.] ἀφ-) Timostr.5, ([etym.] δι-) D.H.4.60, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Alciphr.1.9: [tense] aor. 1 εἱλάμην Epigr.Gr.314.5
([place name] Smyrna), ([etym.] ἀφ-) v.l. in Ath.12.546a, ([etym.] δι-) AP9.56 (Phil.): elsewh. [tense] aor. 2 εἱλόμην Il.16.139
, etc., [ per.] 2sg. ἤλεο Sapph.Oxy.1787.6.3
:—Cret. forms αἰλεθῇ Leg.Gort. 2.21
, ἀν-αιλῆθαι ib.7.10, al.:—the etym. is doubtful, and ἀγρέω (q.v.) prob. has a difft. root.

A [voice] Act., take with the hand, grasp, seize, αἱ. τι ἐν χερσίν Od.4.66
; αἱ. τινὰ χειρός to take one by the hand, Il.1.323; κόμης τινά ib. 197; μ' ἑλὼν ἐπὶ μάστακα χερσίν Od.23.76
: part. ἑλών adverbially, κατακτεῖναί μ' ἑλών S.Ant. 497
; ἄξω ἑλών Il.1.139
, cf. Pi.O.7.1; but ἔνθεν ἑλών having taken up [the song], Od.8.500.

2 take away, ἀπ' ἀπήνης ᾕρεον ἄποινα Il.24.579
.

II take, get into one's power, νῆας ib.13.42; esp. take a city, 2.37, S.Ph. 347, etc.; overpower, kill, Il.4.457, etc.; ἕλοιμί κεν ἤ κε ἁλοίην 22.253
:—freq. of passions, etc., come upon, seize, χόλος Il.18.322
; ἵμερος 3.446
; ὕπνος 10.193
; λήθη 2.34
, etc.: c. dupl.acc., τὸν δ' ἄτη φρένας εἷλε 16.805
; of disease, Pl.Tht. 142b.

2 catch, take, ζωὸν ἑλεῖν Il.21.102
; take in hunting, Hes.Sc. 302, Hdt. 1.36, etc.; overtake, in a race, Il.23.345; get into one's power, entrap, S.OC 764, etc.; in good sense, win over, X.Mem.2.3.16, cf. 3.11.11, Pl.Ly. 205e, etc.

b c. part., catch, detect one doing a thing, S. Ant. 385, 655; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ ἑλεῖν E. Ion 1214
; φῶρα ἐπὶ κλοπῇ ἑλεῖν Pl.Lg. 874b
.

3 generally, win, gain, κῦδος Il.17.321
; στεφάνους Pi.P.3.74
, etc.; esp. in games, Ἴσθμι' ἑλὼν πύξ Simon.158
; with double sense, overcome and win, ἑλέτην δίφρον τε καὶ ἀνέρε Il.11.328
; ἕλεν Οἰνομάου βίαν παρθένον τε σύνευνον Pi.O.1.88
, cf. S.Tr. 353:— [voice] Pass., ἁγὼν ᾑρέθη the fight was won, S.OC 1148.

b generally, get, obtain, Pl.R. 359a, Ti. 64b, etc.

4 as law-term, convict, τινά τινος Ar.Nu. 591
, Is.9.36, Aeschin.3.156; εἷλέ σ' ἡ Δίκη E.
Heracl. 941, cf. Supp. 608: c. part., αἱ. τινὰ κλέπτοντα to convict of theft, Ar.Eq. 829, Pl.Lg. 941d; ᾑρῆσθαι κλοπεύς (sc. ὤν) S.Ant. 493, cf. 406.

b αἱ. δίκην, γραφήν get a verdict for conviction, Antipho 2.1.5, etc.; also ἑλεῖν τινα obtain a conviction against one, Is.7.13; ἑλεῖν τὰ διαμαρτυρηθ έντα convict the evidence of falsehood, Isoc.18.15.

c abs., get a conviction, οἱ ἑλόντες, opp. οἱ ἑαλωκότες, D.21.11; δολίοις ἕλε Κύπρις λόγοις Aphrodite won her cause.., E.Andr. 289, cf. Pl.Lg. 762b, etc.

d of a thing or circumstances which convict, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὃ ἐμὲ αἱρεῖ Id.Ap. 28a
.

5 ὁ λόγος αἱρέει reason or the reason of the thing proves, Hdt.2.33: c. acc. pers., reason persuades one, i.e. it seems good to one, Id.1.132, 7.41; ὡς ἐμὴ γνώμη αἱ. Hdt.2.43; ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱ. βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Lg. 663d: c. inf., R. 440b; ὁ αἱρῶν λόγος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.92
; αἱρεῖ alone, proves, Plu.2.651b.

b τὸ αἱροῦν the sum due, PRyl.167.25 (i A. D.); τὰ αἱροῦντα [τάλαντα] PGrenf.2.23.14
(ii B. C.), PRyl.88.19 (ii A. D.).

III grasp with the mind, understand, Pl.Phlb. 17e, 20d, Plt. 282d.

B [voice] Med., with [tense] pf. ᾕρημαι (v. supr.), take for oneself, ἔγχος ἑλέσθαι take one's spear, Il.16.140, etc.; ἐκ γαίας λίθον A.Fr. 199
; δόρπον, δεῖπνον take one's supper, Il.7.370, 2.399; πιέειν δ' οὐκ εἶχεν ἑλέσθαι Od.11.584; Τρωσὶν.. ὅρκον ἑλ. obtain it from.., Il.22.119; and so in most senses of the [voice] Act., with the reflexive force added.

II take to oneself, choose, ἕταρον Il.10.235
, cf. 9.139, Od.16.149, etc.; prefer, τι πρό τινος Hdt.1.87
; τι ἀντί τινος X.An.1.7.3
, D.2.15; τί τινος S.Ph. 1101
, cf. Theoc.11.49.

b c. inf., prefer to do, Hdt. 1.11, etc.; ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον τεθνάναι X.Mem.1.2.16
, cf. Pl.Ap. 38e; μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτό μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.47
: without μᾶλλον, Pi.N.10.59, Lys.2.62.

c αἱ. εἰ .. to be content if., AP 12.68 (Mel.).

2 αἱ. τά τινων take another's part, join their party, Th.3.63, etc.; αἱ. γνώμην to adopt an opinion, Hdt.4.137.

3 choose by vote, elect to an office, αἱ. τινὰ δικαστήν, στρατηγόν, etc., Id.1.96, Eup.117, etc.; τινὰς ἀριστίνδην Lex ap.D.43.57; αἱ. τινὰ ἐπ' ἀρχήν Pl.Men. 90b
; αἱ. τινὰ ἄρχειν Id.Ap. 28e
, cf. Il.2.127.

C [voice] Pass., to be taken, Hdt.1.185, 191, 9.102; more commonly ἁλίσκομαι.

2 v. supr. A. 11.3.

II [voice] Pass. to med. sense, to be chosen, in [tense] pf. ᾕρημαι A.Ag. 1209
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. ἀραίρημαι Hdt.7.118
, 172, 173, al.; στρατηγεῖν ᾑρημένος X.Mem.3.2.1
; ἐπ' ἀρχῆς ᾑρῆσθαι ib.3.3.2; ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν παίδων ἀρχήν Pl.Lg. 809a
; τοῦ ἔτους.. ᾑρημένοι elected for the year.., IGRom.3.1422 (Bithyn.):—[tense] aor. ᾑρέθην is always so used, A.Th. 505, Ar.Av. 799, Th.7.31, etc.; [tense] pres. rarely, αἱροῦνται πρεσβευταί are chosen, Arist.Pol. 1299a19, cf. And.4.16.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > αἱρέω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Doing Time on Maple Drive — DVD cover Format Drama Starring James Sikking Bibi Besch … Wikipedia
Doing the Honours — Episode no. Series 2 Episode 2 Written by Antony Jay Jonathan Lynn Produced by Peter Whitmore … Wikipedia
without fail — {adv. phr.} Without failing to do it or failing in the doing of it; certainly, surely. * /Be here at 8 o clock sharp, without fail./ * /Ben promised to return the bike at a certain time without fail./ … Dictionary of American idioms
without fail — {adv. phr.} Without failing to do it or failing in the doing of it; certainly, surely. * /Be here at 8 o clock sharp, without fail./ * /Ben promised to return the bike at a certain time without fail./ … Dictionary of American idioms
without let or hindrance — ► LAW without being prevented from doing something: »People will be able to travel from country to country without let or hindrance. Main Entry: ↑let … Financial and business terms
without hindrance — without (let or) hindrance formal phrase without being prevented from doing what you want to do Thesaurus: easilysynonym Main entry: hindrance … Useful english dictionary
without breaking stride — without breaking ˈstride idiom (especially NAmE) without stopping what you are doing Main entry: ↑strideidiom … Useful english dictionary
Without Warning (1980 film) — Without Warning is a 1980 film which stars some recognizable actors like Jack Palance, Martin Landau, Tarah Nutter, David Caruso ( CSI: Miami ), Kevin Peter Hall as the bald headed alien ( Predator and its sequel, Harry and the Hendersons and… … Wikipedia
without doing anything — without performing any actions, sitting quietly … English contemporary dictionary
without — with|out [ wıð aut ] function word *** Without can be used in the following ways: as a preposition (followed by a noun): I can t see without my glasses. (followed by the ing form of a verb): She walked past without saying anything. as an adverb… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
without */*/*/ — UK [wɪðˈaʊt] / US adverb, preposition Summary: Without can be used in the following ways: as a preposition (followed by a noun): I can t see without my glasses. (followed by the ing form of a verb): She walked past without saying anything. as an… … English dictionary

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

doing+without

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

doing+without

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: